ViewVC Help
View File | Revision Log | Show Annotations | Download File
/cvs/libev/ev.3
Revision: 1.111
Committed: Sun Jun 23 02:02:24 2019 UTC (4 years, 10 months ago) by root
Branch: MAIN
Changes since 1.110: +65 -16 lines
Log Message:
*** empty log message ***

File Contents

# User Rev Content
1 root 1.110 .\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.11 (Pod::Simple 3.35)
2 root 1.1 .\"
3     .\" Standard preamble:
4     .\" ========================================================================
5     .de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
6     .if t .sp .5v
7     .if n .sp
8     ..
9     .de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
10     .ft CW
11     .nf
12     .ne \\$1
13     ..
14     .de Ve \" End verbatim text
15     .ft R
16     .fi
17     ..
18     .\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
19     .\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
20 root 1.60 .\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
21     .\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
22     .\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
23     .\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
24     .tr \(*W-
25 root 1.1 .ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
26     .ie n \{\
27     . ds -- \(*W-
28     . ds PI pi
29     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
30     . if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
31     . ds L" ""
32     . ds R" ""
33     . ds C` ""
34     . ds C' ""
35     'br\}
36     .el\{\
37     . ds -- \|\(em\|
38     . ds PI \(*p
39     . ds L" ``
40     . ds R" ''
41 root 1.100 . ds C`
42     . ds C'
43 root 1.1 'br\}
44     .\"
45 root 1.60 .\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
46     .ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
47     .el .ds Aq '
48     .\"
49 root 1.110 .\" If the F register is >0, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
50 root 1.79 .\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
51 root 1.1 .\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
52     .\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
53 root 1.100 .\"
54     .\" Avoid warning from groff about undefined register 'F'.
55     .de IX
56 root 1.1 ..
57 root 1.100 .nr rF 0
58     .if \n(.g .if rF .nr rF 1
59 root 1.110 .if (\n(rF:(\n(.g==0)) \{\
60     . if \nF \{\
61 root 1.100 . de IX
62     . tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
63 root 1.60 ..
64 root 1.110 . if !\nF==2 \{\
65 root 1.100 . nr % 0
66     . nr F 2
67     . \}
68     . \}
69 root 1.60 .\}
70 root 1.100 .rr rF
71 root 1.1 .\"
72     .\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
73     .\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
74     . \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
75     .if n \{\
76     . ds #H 0
77     . ds #V .8m
78     . ds #F .3m
79     . ds #[ \f1
80     . ds #] \fP
81     .\}
82     .if t \{\
83     . ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
84     . ds #V .6m
85     . ds #F 0
86     . ds #[ \&
87     . ds #] \&
88     .\}
89     . \" simple accents for nroff and troff
90     .if n \{\
91     . ds ' \&
92     . ds ` \&
93     . ds ^ \&
94     . ds , \&
95     . ds ~ ~
96     . ds /
97     .\}
98     .if t \{\
99     . ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
100     . ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
101     . ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
102     . ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
103     . ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
104     . ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
105     .\}
106     . \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
107     .ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
108     .ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
109     .ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
110     .ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
111     .ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
112     .ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
113     .ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
114     .ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
115     .ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
116     . \" corrections for vroff
117     .if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
118     .if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
119     . \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
120     .if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
121     \{\
122     . ds : e
123     . ds 8 ss
124     . ds o a
125     . ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
126     . ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
127     . ds th \o'bp'
128     . ds Th \o'LP'
129     . ds ae ae
130     . ds Ae AE
131     .\}
132     .rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
133     .\" ========================================================================
134     .\"
135 root 1.65 .IX Title "LIBEV 3"
136 root 1.111 .TH LIBEV 3 "2019-06-22" "libev-4.25" "libev - high performance full featured event loop"
137 root 1.60 .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
138     .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
139     .if n .ad l
140     .nh
141 root 1.1 .SH "NAME"
142     libev \- a high performance full\-featured event loop written in C
143     .SH "SYNOPSIS"
144     .IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
145 root 1.28 .Vb 1
146 root 1.68 \& #include <ev.h>
147 root 1.28 .Ve
148 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\s0"
149 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE PROGRAM"
150 root 1.61 .Vb 2
151 root 1.68 \& // a single header file is required
152     \& #include <ev.h>
153 root 1.60 \&
154 root 1.74 \& #include <stdio.h> // for puts
155     \&
156 root 1.68 \& // every watcher type has its own typedef\*(Aqd struct
157 root 1.73 \& // with the name ev_TYPE
158 root 1.68 \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
159     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
160     \&
161     \& // all watcher callbacks have a similar signature
162     \& // this callback is called when data is readable on stdin
163     \& static void
164 root 1.73 \& stdin_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
165 root 1.68 \& {
166     \& puts ("stdin ready");
167     \& // for one\-shot events, one must manually stop the watcher
168     \& // with its corresponding stop function.
169     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
170     \&
171 root 1.82 \& // this causes all nested ev_run\*(Aqs to stop iterating
172     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ALL);
173 root 1.68 \& }
174     \&
175     \& // another callback, this time for a time\-out
176     \& static void
177 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
178 root 1.68 \& {
179     \& puts ("timeout");
180 root 1.82 \& // this causes the innermost ev_run to stop iterating
181     \& ev_break (EV_A_ EVBREAK_ONE);
182 root 1.68 \& }
183     \&
184     \& int
185     \& main (void)
186     \& {
187     \& // use the default event loop unless you have special needs
188 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = EV_DEFAULT;
189 root 1.68 \&
190     \& // initialise an io watcher, then start it
191     \& // this one will watch for stdin to become readable
192     \& ev_io_init (&stdin_watcher, stdin_cb, /*STDIN_FILENO*/ 0, EV_READ);
193     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
194     \&
195     \& // initialise a timer watcher, then start it
196     \& // simple non\-repeating 5.5 second timeout
197     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
198     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &timeout_watcher);
199     \&
200     \& // now wait for events to arrive
201 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
202 root 1.68 \&
203 root 1.86 \& // break was called, so exit
204 root 1.68 \& return 0;
205     \& }
206 root 1.27 .Ve
207 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
208     .IX Header "ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT"
209     This document documents the libev software package.
210     .PP
211 root 1.61 The newest version of this document is also available as an html-formatted
212 root 1.39 web page you might find easier to navigate when reading it for the first
213 root 1.66 time: <http://pod.tst.eu/http://cvs.schmorp.de/libev/ev.pod>.
214 root 1.39 .PP
215 root 1.78 While this document tries to be as complete as possible in documenting
216     libev, its usage and the rationale behind its design, it is not a tutorial
217     on event-based programming, nor will it introduce event-based programming
218     with libev.
219     .PP
220 root 1.82 Familiarity with event based programming techniques in general is assumed
221 root 1.78 throughout this document.
222 root 1.82 .SH "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
223     .IX Header "WHAT TO READ WHEN IN A HURRY"
224     This manual tries to be very detailed, but unfortunately, this also makes
225     it very long. If you just want to know the basics of libev, I suggest
226 root 1.100 reading \*(L"\s-1ANATOMY OF A WATCHER\*(R"\s0, then the \*(L"\s-1EXAMPLE PROGRAM\*(R"\s0 above and
227     look up the missing functions in \*(L"\s-1GLOBAL FUNCTIONS\*(R"\s0 and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and
228     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR sections in \*(L"\s-1WATCHER TYPES\*(R"\s0.
229 root 1.78 .SH "ABOUT LIBEV"
230     .IX Header "ABOUT LIBEV"
231 root 1.1 Libev is an event loop: you register interest in certain events (such as a
232 root 1.54 file descriptor being readable or a timeout occurring), and it will manage
233 root 1.1 these event sources and provide your program with events.
234     .PP
235     To do this, it must take more or less complete control over your process
236     (or thread) by executing the \fIevent loop\fR handler, and will then
237     communicate events via a callback mechanism.
238     .PP
239     You register interest in certain events by registering so-called \fIevent
240     watchers\fR, which are relatively small C structures you initialise with the
241     details of the event, and then hand it over to libev by \fIstarting\fR the
242     watcher.
243 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FEATURES\s0"
244 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "FEATURES"
245 root 1.111 Libev supports \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR, the Linux-specific aio and \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR
246     interfaces, the BSD-specific \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR and the Solaris-specific event port
247     mechanisms for file descriptor events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR), the Linux \f(CW\*(C`inotify\*(C'\fR
248     interface (for \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR), Linux eventfd/signalfd (for faster and cleaner
249 root 1.80 inter-thread wakeup (\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR)/signal handling (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR)) relative
250     timers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), absolute timers with customised rescheduling
251     (\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR), synchronous signals (\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR), process status
252     change events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR), and event watchers dealing with the event
253     loop mechanism itself (\f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and
254     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers) as well as file watchers (\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR) and even
255     limited support for fork events (\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
256 root 1.28 .PP
257     It also is quite fast (see this
258 root 1.88 benchmark <http://libev.schmorp.de/bench.html> comparing it to libevent
259 root 1.28 for example).
260 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1CONVENTIONS\s0"
261 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "CONVENTIONS"
262 root 1.61 Libev is very configurable. In this manual the default (and most common)
263     configuration will be described, which supports multiple event loops. For
264     more info about various configuration options please have a look at
265     \&\fB\s-1EMBED\s0\fR section in this manual. If libev was configured without support
266     for multiple event loops, then all functions taking an initial argument of
267 root 1.81 name \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR (which is always of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR) will not have
268 root 1.61 this argument.
269 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1TIME REPRESENTATION\s0"
270 root 1.59 .IX Subsection "TIME REPRESENTATION"
271 root 1.78 Libev represents time as a single floating point number, representing
272 root 1.82 the (fractional) number of seconds since the (\s-1POSIX\s0) epoch (in practice
273     somewhere near the beginning of 1970, details are complicated, don't
274     ask). This type is called \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp\*(C'\fR, which is what you should use
275     too. It usually aliases to the \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR type in C. When you need to do
276     any calculations on it, you should treat it as some floating point value.
277     .PP
278     Unlike the name component \f(CW\*(C`stamp\*(C'\fR might indicate, it is also used for
279     time differences (e.g. delays) throughout libev.
280 root 1.67 .SH "ERROR HANDLING"
281     .IX Header "ERROR HANDLING"
282     Libev knows three classes of errors: operating system errors, usage errors
283     and internal errors (bugs).
284     .PP
285     When libev catches an operating system error it cannot handle (for example
286 root 1.68 a system call indicating a condition libev cannot fix), it calls the callback
287 root 1.67 set via \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_syserr_cb\*(C'\fR, which is supposed to fix the problem or
288     abort. The default is to print a diagnostic message and to call \f(CW\*(C`abort
289     ()\*(C'\fR.
290     .PP
291     When libev detects a usage error such as a negative timer interval, then
292     it will print a diagnostic message and abort (via the \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fR mechanism,
293     so \f(CW\*(C`NDEBUG\*(C'\fR will disable this checking): these are programming errors in
294     the libev caller and need to be fixed there.
295     .PP
296     Libev also has a few internal error-checking \f(CW\*(C`assert\*(C'\fRions, and also has
297     extensive consistency checking code. These do not trigger under normal
298     circumstances, as they indicate either a bug in libev or worse.
299 root 1.1 .SH "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
300     .IX Header "GLOBAL FUNCTIONS"
301     These functions can be called anytime, even before initialising the
302     library in any way.
303     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_time ()" 4
304     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_time ()"
305 root 1.2 Returns the current time as libev would use it. Please note that the
306     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR function is usually faster and also often returns the timestamp
307 root 1.82 you actually want to know. Also interesting is the combination of
308 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR.
309 root 1.57 .IP "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)" 4
310     .IX Item "ev_sleep (ev_tstamp interval)"
311 root 1.88 Sleep for the given interval: The current thread will be blocked
312     until either it is interrupted or the given time interval has
313     passed (approximately \- it might return a bit earlier even if not
314     interrupted). Returns immediately if \f(CW\*(C`interval <= 0\*(C'\fR.
315     .Sp
316     Basically this is a sub-second-resolution \f(CW\*(C`sleep ()\*(C'\fR.
317     .Sp
318     The range of the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is limited \- libev only guarantees to work
319     with sleep times of up to one day (\f(CW\*(C`interval <= 86400\*(C'\fR).
320 root 1.1 .IP "int ev_version_major ()" 4
321     .IX Item "int ev_version_major ()"
322     .PD 0
323     .IP "int ev_version_minor ()" 4
324     .IX Item "int ev_version_minor ()"
325     .PD
326 root 1.48 You can find out the major and minor \s-1ABI\s0 version numbers of the library
327 root 1.1 you linked against by calling the functions \f(CW\*(C`ev_version_major\*(C'\fR and
328     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_version_minor\*(C'\fR. If you want, you can compare against the global
329     symbols \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MAJOR\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERSION_MINOR\*(C'\fR, which specify the
330     version of the library your program was compiled against.
331     .Sp
332 root 1.48 These version numbers refer to the \s-1ABI\s0 version of the library, not the
333     release version.
334 root 1.47 .Sp
335 root 1.1 Usually, it's a good idea to terminate if the major versions mismatch,
336 root 1.47 as this indicates an incompatible change. Minor versions are usually
337 root 1.1 compatible to older versions, so a larger minor version alone is usually
338     not a problem.
339 root 1.9 .Sp
340 root 1.28 Example: Make sure we haven't accidentally been linked against the wrong
341 root 1.82 version (note, however, that this will not detect other \s-1ABI\s0 mismatches,
342     such as \s-1LFS\s0 or reentrancy).
343 root 1.9 .Sp
344     .Vb 3
345 root 1.68 \& assert (("libev version mismatch",
346     \& ev_version_major () == EV_VERSION_MAJOR
347     \& && ev_version_minor () >= EV_VERSION_MINOR));
348 root 1.9 .Ve
349 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()" 4
350     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_supported_backends ()"
351     Return the set of all backends (i.e. their corresponding \f(CW\*(C`EV_BACKEND_*\*(C'\fR
352     value) compiled into this binary of libev (independent of their
353     availability on the system you are running on). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR for
354     a description of the set values.
355 root 1.9 .Sp
356     Example: make sure we have the epoll method, because yeah this is cool and
357     a must have and can we have a torrent of it please!!!11
358     .Sp
359     .Vb 2
360 root 1.68 \& assert (("sorry, no epoll, no sex",
361     \& ev_supported_backends () & EVBACKEND_EPOLL));
362 root 1.9 .Ve
363 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()" 4
364     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_recommended_backends ()"
365 root 1.82 Return the set of all backends compiled into this binary of libev and
366     also recommended for this platform, meaning it will work for most file
367     descriptor types. This set is often smaller than the one returned by
368     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_supported_backends\*(C'\fR, as for example kqueue is broken on most BSDs
369     and will not be auto-detected unless you explicitly request it (assuming
370     you know what you are doing). This is the set of backends that libev will
371     probe for if you specify no backends explicitly.
372 root 1.10 .IP "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()" 4
373     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_embeddable_backends ()"
374     Returns the set of backends that are embeddable in other event loops. This
375 root 1.82 value is platform-specific but can include backends not available on the
376     current system. To find which embeddable backends might be supported on
377     the current system, you would need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends ()
378     & ev_supported_backends ()\*(C'\fR, likewise for recommended ones.
379 root 1.10 .Sp
380     See the description of \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
381 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())" 4
382     .IX Item "ev_set_allocator (void *(*cb)(void *ptr, long size) throw ())"
383 root 1.32 Sets the allocation function to use (the prototype is similar \- the
384 root 1.64 semantics are identical to the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR C89/SuS/POSIX function). It is
385     used to allocate and free memory (no surprises here). If it returns zero
386     when memory needs to be allocated (\f(CW\*(C`size != 0\*(C'\fR), the library might abort
387     or take some potentially destructive action.
388     .Sp
389     Since some systems (at least OpenBSD and Darwin) fail to implement
390     correct \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR semantics, libev will use a wrapper around the system
391     \&\f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions by default.
392 root 1.1 .Sp
393     You could override this function in high-availability programs to, say,
394     free some memory if it cannot allocate memory, to use a special allocator,
395     or even to sleep a while and retry until some memory is available.
396 root 1.9 .Sp
397 root 1.110 Example: The following is the \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR function that libev itself uses
398     which should work with \f(CW\*(C`realloc\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`free\*(C'\fR functions of all kinds and
399     is probably a good basis for your own implementation.
400     .Sp
401     .Vb 5
402     \& static void *
403     \& ev_realloc_emul (void *ptr, long size) EV_NOEXCEPT
404     \& {
405     \& if (size)
406     \& return realloc (ptr, size);
407     \&
408     \& free (ptr);
409     \& return 0;
410     \& }
411     .Ve
412     .Sp
413 root 1.28 Example: Replace the libev allocator with one that waits a bit and then
414 root 1.110 retries.
415 root 1.9 .Sp
416 root 1.110 .Vb 8
417 root 1.9 \& static void *
418 root 1.26 \& persistent_realloc (void *ptr, size_t size)
419 root 1.9 \& {
420 root 1.110 \& if (!size)
421     \& {
422     \& free (ptr);
423     \& return 0;
424     \& }
425     \&
426 root 1.9 \& for (;;)
427     \& {
428     \& void *newptr = realloc (ptr, size);
429 root 1.60 \&
430 root 1.9 \& if (newptr)
431     \& return newptr;
432 root 1.60 \&
433 root 1.9 \& sleep (60);
434     \& }
435     \& }
436 root 1.60 \&
437 root 1.9 \& ...
438     \& ev_set_allocator (persistent_realloc);
439     .Ve
440 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())" 4
441     .IX Item "ev_set_syserr_cb (void (*cb)(const char *msg) throw ())"
442 root 1.68 Set the callback function to call on a retryable system call error (such
443 root 1.1 as failed select, poll, epoll_wait). The message is a printable string
444     indicating the system call or subsystem causing the problem. If this
445 root 1.68 callback is set, then libev will expect it to remedy the situation, no
446 root 1.1 matter what, when it returns. That is, libev will generally retry the
447     requested operation, or, if the condition doesn't go away, do bad stuff
448     (such as abort).
449 root 1.9 .Sp
450 root 1.28 Example: This is basically the same thing that libev does internally, too.
451 root 1.9 .Sp
452     .Vb 6
453     \& static void
454     \& fatal_error (const char *msg)
455     \& {
456     \& perror (msg);
457     \& abort ();
458     \& }
459 root 1.60 \&
460 root 1.9 \& ...
461     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
462     .Ve
463 root 1.85 .IP "ev_feed_signal (int signum)" 4
464     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal (int signum)"
465     This function can be used to \*(L"simulate\*(R" a signal receive. It is completely
466     safe to call this function at any time, from any context, including signal
467     handlers or random threads.
468     .Sp
469     Its main use is to customise signal handling in your process, especially
470     in the presence of threads. For example, you could block signals
471     by default in all threads (and specifying \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when
472     creating any loops), and in one thread, use \f(CW\*(C`sigwait\*(C'\fR or any other
473     mechanism to wait for signals, then \*(L"deliver\*(R" them to libev by calling
474     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
475 root 1.82 .SH "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
476     .IX Header "FUNCTIONS CONTROLLING EVENT LOOPS"
477     An event loop is described by a \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR (the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR is
478     \&\fInot\fR optional in this case unless libev 3 compatibility is disabled, as
479     libev 3 had an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR function colliding with the struct name).
480 root 1.73 .PP
481     The library knows two types of such loops, the \fIdefault\fR loop, which
482 root 1.82 supports child process events, and dynamically created event loops which
483     do not.
484 root 1.1 .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)" 4
485     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_default_loop (unsigned int flags)"
486 root 1.82 This returns the \*(L"default\*(R" event loop object, which is what you should
487     normally use when you just need \*(L"the event loop\*(R". Event loop objects and
488     the \f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR parameter are described in more detail in the entry for
489     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR.
490     .Sp
491     If the default loop is already initialised then this function simply
492     returns it (and ignores the flags. If that is troubling you, check
493     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_backend ()\*(C'\fR afterwards). Otherwise it will create it with the given
494     flags, which should almost always be \f(CW0\fR, unless the caller is also the
495     one calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR or otherwise qualifies as \*(L"the main program\*(R".
496 root 1.1 .Sp
497     If you don't know what event loop to use, use the one returned from this
498 root 1.82 function (or via the \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR macro).
499 root 1.1 .Sp
500 root 1.63 Note that this function is \fInot\fR thread-safe, so if you want to use it
501 root 1.82 from multiple threads, you have to employ some kind of mutex (note also
502     that this case is unlikely, as loops cannot be shared easily between
503     threads anyway).
504     .Sp
505     The default loop is the only loop that can handle \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers,
506     and to do this, it always registers a handler for \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR. If this is
507     a problem for your application you can either create a dynamic loop with
508     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR which doesn't do that, or you can simply overwrite the
509     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR signal handler \fIafter\fR calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
510     .Sp
511     Example: This is the most typical usage.
512     .Sp
513     .Vb 2
514     \& if (!ev_default_loop (0))
515     \& fatal ("could not initialise libev, bad $LIBEV_FLAGS in environment?");
516     .Ve
517     .Sp
518     Example: Restrict libev to the select and poll backends, and do not allow
519     environment settings to be taken into account:
520     .Sp
521     .Vb 1
522     \& ev_default_loop (EVBACKEND_POLL | EVBACKEND_SELECT | EVFLAG_NOENV);
523     .Ve
524     .IP "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)" 4
525     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *ev_loop_new (unsigned int flags)"
526     This will create and initialise a new event loop object. If the loop
527     could not be initialised, returns false.
528 root 1.63 .Sp
529 root 1.85 This function is thread-safe, and one common way to use libev with
530     threads is indeed to create one loop per thread, and using the default
531     loop in the \*(L"main\*(R" or \*(L"initial\*(R" thread.
532 root 1.60 .Sp
533 root 1.1 The flags argument can be used to specify special behaviour or specific
534 root 1.8 backends to use, and is usually specified as \f(CW0\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR).
535 root 1.1 .Sp
536 root 1.8 The following flags are supported:
537 root 1.1 .RS 4
538     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_AUTO""" 4
539     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_AUTO\fR" 4
540     .IX Item "EVFLAG_AUTO"
541     The default flags value. Use this if you have no clue (it's the right
542     thing, believe me).
543     .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOENV""" 4
544     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOENV\fR" 4
545     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOENV"
546 root 1.68 If this flag bit is or'ed into the flag value (or the program runs setuid
547 root 1.1 or setgid) then libev will \fInot\fR look at the environment variable
548     \&\f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR. Otherwise (the default), this environment variable will
549     override the flags completely if it is found in the environment. This is
550 root 1.99 useful to try out specific backends to test their performance, to work
551     around bugs, or to make libev threadsafe (accessing environment variables
552     cannot be done in a threadsafe way, but usually it works if no other
553     thread modifies them).
554 root 1.35 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_FORKCHECK""" 4
555     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_FORKCHECK\fR" 4
556     .IX Item "EVFLAG_FORKCHECK"
557 root 1.82 Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR manually after a fork, you can also
558     make libev check for a fork in each iteration by enabling this flag.
559 root 1.35 .Sp
560     This works by calling \f(CW\*(C`getpid ()\*(C'\fR on every iteration of the loop,
561     and thus this might slow down your event loop if you do a lot of loop
562 root 1.37 iterations and little real work, but is usually not noticeable (on my
563 root 1.108 GNU/Linux system for example, \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR is actually a simple 5\-insn
564     sequence without a system call and thus \fIvery\fR fast, but my GNU/Linux
565     system also has \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR which is even faster). (Update: glibc
566     versions 2.25 apparently removed the \f(CW\*(C`getpid\*(C'\fR optimisation again).
567 root 1.35 .Sp
568     The big advantage of this flag is that you can forget about fork (and
569 root 1.104 forget about forgetting to tell libev about forking, although you still
570     have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR) when you use this flag.
571 root 1.35 .Sp
572 root 1.68 This flag setting cannot be overridden or specified in the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR
573 root 1.35 environment variable.
574 root 1.80 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY""" 4
575     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOINOTIFY\fR" 4
576     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOINOTIFY"
577     When this flag is specified, then libev will not attempt to use the
578 root 1.84 \&\fIinotify\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Apart from debugging and
579 root 1.80 testing, this flag can be useful to conserve inotify file descriptors, as
580     otherwise each loop using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers consumes one inotify handle.
581 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_SIGNALFD""" 4
582     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_SIGNALFD\fR" 4
583     .IX Item "EVFLAG_SIGNALFD"
584     When this flag is specified, then libev will attempt to use the
585 root 1.84 \&\fIsignalfd\fR \s-1API\s0 for its \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR) watchers. This \s-1API\s0
586 root 1.81 delivers signals synchronously, which makes it both faster and might make
587     it possible to get the queued signal data. It can also simplify signal
588     handling with threads, as long as you properly block signals in your
589     threads that are not interested in handling them.
590     .Sp
591     Signalfd will not be used by default as this changes your signal mask, and
592     there are a lot of shoddy libraries and programs (glib's threadpool for
593     example) that can't properly initialise their signal masks.
594 root 1.85 .ie n .IP """EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK""" 4
595     .el .IP "\f(CWEVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\fR" 4
596     .IX Item "EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK"
597     When this flag is specified, then libev will avoid to modify the signal
598 root 1.88 mask. Specifically, this means you have to make sure signals are unblocked
599 root 1.85 when you want to receive them.
600     .Sp
601     This behaviour is useful when you want to do your own signal handling, or
602     want to handle signals only in specific threads and want to avoid libev
603     unblocking the signals.
604     .Sp
605 root 1.86 It's also required by \s-1POSIX\s0 in a threaded program, as libev calls
606     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR, whose behaviour is officially unspecified.
607     .Sp
608 root 1.85 This flag's behaviour will become the default in future versions of libev.
609 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_SELECT"" (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
610     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_SELECT\fR (value 1, portable select backend)" 4
611 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_SELECT (value 1, portable select backend)"
612 root 1.110 This is your standard \fBselect\fR\|(2) backend. Not \fIcompletely\fR standard, as
613 root 1.3 libev tries to roll its own fd_set with no limits on the number of fds,
614     but if that fails, expect a fairly low limit on the number of fds when
615 root 1.58 using this backend. It doesn't scale too well (O(highest_fd)), but its
616 root 1.60 usually the fastest backend for a low number of (low-numbered :) fds.
617 root 1.58 .Sp
618     To get good performance out of this backend you need a high amount of
619 root 1.68 parallelism (most of the file descriptors should be busy). If you are
620 root 1.58 writing a server, you should \f(CW\*(C`accept ()\*(C'\fR in a loop to accept as many
621     connections as possible during one iteration. You might also want to have
622     a look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_io_collect_interval ()\*(C'\fR to increase the amount of
623 root 1.67 readiness notifications you get per iteration.
624 root 1.71 .Sp
625     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to the \f(CW\*(C`readfds\*(C'\fR set and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to the
626     \&\f(CW\*(C`writefds\*(C'\fR set (and to work around Microsoft Windows bugs, also onto the
627     \&\f(CW\*(C`exceptfds\*(C'\fR set on that platform).
628 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_POLL"" (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
629     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_POLL\fR (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)" 4
630 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_POLL (value 2, poll backend, available everywhere except on windows)"
631 root 1.110 And this is your standard \fBpoll\fR\|(2) backend. It's more complicated
632 root 1.58 than select, but handles sparse fds better and has no artificial
633     limit on the number of fds you can use (except it will slow down
634     considerably with a lot of inactive fds). It scales similarly to select,
635     i.e. O(total_fds). See the entry for \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR, above, for
636     performance tips.
637 root 1.71 .Sp
638     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLIN | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR, and
639     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`POLLOUT | POLLERR | POLLHUP\*(C'\fR.
640 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_EPOLL"" (value 4, Linux)" 4
641     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_EPOLL\fR (value 4, Linux)" 4
642 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_EPOLL (value 4, Linux)"
643 root 1.110 Use the linux-specific \fBepoll\fR\|(7) interface (for both pre\- and post\-2.6.9
644 root 1.81 kernels).
645     .Sp
646 root 1.88 For few fds, this backend is a bit little slower than poll and select, but
647     it scales phenomenally better. While poll and select usually scale like
648     O(total_fds) where total_fds is the total number of fds (or the highest
649     fd), epoll scales either O(1) or O(active_fds).
650 root 1.73 .Sp
651     The epoll mechanism deserves honorable mention as the most misdesigned
652     of the more advanced event mechanisms: mere annoyances include silently
653     dropping file descriptors, requiring a system call per change per file
654 root 1.84 descriptor (and unnecessary guessing of parameters), problems with dup,
655     returning before the timeout value, resulting in additional iterations
656     (and only giving 5ms accuracy while select on the same platform gives
657     0.1ms) and so on. The biggest issue is fork races, however \- if a program
658     forks then \fIboth\fR parent and child process have to recreate the epoll
659     set, which can take considerable time (one syscall per file descriptor)
660     and is of course hard to detect.
661 root 1.73 .Sp
662 root 1.88 Epoll is also notoriously buggy \- embedding epoll fds \fIshould\fR work,
663     but of course \fIdoesn't\fR, and epoll just loves to report events for
664     totally \fIdifferent\fR file descriptors (even already closed ones, so
665     one cannot even remove them from the set) than registered in the set
666     (especially on \s-1SMP\s0 systems). Libev tries to counter these spurious
667     notifications by employing an additional generation counter and comparing
668     that against the events to filter out spurious ones, recreating the set
669     when required. Epoll also erroneously rounds down timeouts, but gives you
670     no way to know when and by how much, so sometimes you have to busy-wait
671     because epoll returns immediately despite a nonzero timeout. And last
672 root 1.82 not least, it also refuses to work with some file descriptors which work
673     perfectly fine with \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (files, many character devices...).
674 root 1.3 .Sp
675 root 1.88 Epoll is truly the train wreck among event poll mechanisms, a frankenpoll,
676     cobbled together in a hurry, no thought to design or interaction with
677     others. Oh, the pain, will it ever stop...
678 root 1.84 .Sp
679 root 1.54 While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher in the same iteration
680 root 1.73 will result in some caching, there is still a system call per such
681     incident (because the same \fIfile descriptor\fR could point to a different
682     \&\fIfile description\fR now), so its best to avoid that. Also, \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed
683     file descriptors might not work very well if you register events for both
684     file descriptors.
685 root 1.58 .Sp
686     Best performance from this backend is achieved by not unregistering all
687 root 1.71 watchers for a file descriptor until it has been closed, if possible,
688     i.e. keep at least one watcher active per fd at all times. Stopping and
689     starting a watcher (without re-setting it) also usually doesn't cause
690 root 1.73 extra overhead. A fork can both result in spurious notifications as well
691     as in libev having to destroy and recreate the epoll object, which can
692     take considerable time and thus should be avoided.
693 root 1.58 .Sp
694 root 1.74 All this means that, in practice, \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR can be as fast or
695     faster than epoll for maybe up to a hundred file descriptors, depending on
696     the usage. So sad.
697     .Sp
698 root 1.68 While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this feature is broken in
699 root 1.111 a lot of kernel revisions, but probably(!) works in current versions.
700     .Sp
701     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
702     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
703     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO"" (value 64, Linux)" 4
704     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_LINUXAIO\fR (value 64, Linux)" 4
705     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO (value 64, Linux)"
706     Use the linux-specific linux aio (\fInot\fR \f(CWaio(7)\fR) event interface
707     available in post\-4.18 kernels.
708     .Sp
709     If this backend works for you (as of this writing, it was very
710     experimental and only supports a subset of file types), it is the best
711     event interface available on linux and might be well worth it enabling it
712     \&\- if it isn't available in your kernel this will be detected and another
713     backend will be chosen.
714     .Sp
715     This backend can batch oneshot requests and uses a user-space ring buffer
716     to receive events. It also doesn't suffer from most of the design problems
717     of epoll (such as not being able to remove event sources from the epoll
718     set), and generally sounds too good to be true. Because, this being the
719     linux kernel, of course it suffers from a whole new set of limitations.
720     .Sp
721     For one, it is not easily embeddable (but probably could be done using
722     an event fd at some extra overhead). It also is subject to various
723     arbitrary limits that can be configured in \fI/proc/sys/fs/aio\-max\-nr\fR
724     and \fI/proc/sys/fs/aio\-nr\fR), which could lead to it being skipped during
725     initialisation.
726     .Sp
727     Most problematic in practise, however, is that, like kqueue, it requires
728     special support from drivers, and, not surprisingly, not all drivers
729     implement it. For example, in linux 4.19, tcp sockets, pipes, event fds,
730     files, \fI/dev/null\fR and a few others are supported, but ttys are not, so
731     this is not (yet?) a generic event polling interface but is probably still
732     be very useful in a web server or similar program.
733 root 1.71 .Sp
734     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
735     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
736 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_KQUEUE"" (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
737     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_KQUEUE\fR (value 8, most \s-1BSD\s0 clones)" 4
738 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_KQUEUE (value 8, most BSD clones)"
739 root 1.73 Kqueue deserves special mention, as at the time of this writing, it
740     was broken on all BSDs except NetBSD (usually it doesn't work reliably
741     with anything but sockets and pipes, except on Darwin, where of course
742     it's completely useless). Unlike epoll, however, whose brokenness
743     is by design, these kqueue bugs can (and eventually will) be fixed
744     without \s-1API\s0 changes to existing programs. For this reason it's not being
745     \&\*(L"auto-detected\*(R" unless you explicitly specify it in the flags (i.e. using
746     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR) or libev was compiled on a known-to-be-good (\-enough)
747     system like NetBSD.
748 root 1.3 .Sp
749 root 1.57 You still can embed kqueue into a normal poll or select backend and use it
750     only for sockets (after having made sure that sockets work with kqueue on
751     the target platform). See \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watchers for more info.
752     .Sp
753 root 1.3 It scales in the same way as the epoll backend, but the interface to the
754 root 1.57 kernel is more efficient (which says nothing about its actual speed, of
755     course). While stopping, setting and starting an I/O watcher does never
756 root 1.68 cause an extra system call as with \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_EPOLL\*(C'\fR, it still adds up to
757 root 1.90 two event changes per incident. Support for \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR is very bad (you
758     might have to leak fd's on fork, but it's more sane than epoll) and it
759 root 1.97 drops fds silently in similarly hard-to-detect cases.
760 root 1.58 .Sp
761     This backend usually performs well under most conditions.
762     .Sp
763     While nominally embeddable in other event loops, this doesn't work
764     everywhere, so you might need to test for this. And since it is broken
765     almost everywhere, you should only use it when you have a lot of sockets
766     (for which it usually works), by embedding it into another event loop
767 root 1.75 (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR (but \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR is of course
768 root 1.100 also broken on \s-1OS X\s0)) and, did I mention it, using it only for sockets.
769 root 1.71 .Sp
770     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_READ\*(C'\fR kevent with
771     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR into an \f(CW\*(C`EVFILT_WRITE\*(C'\fR kevent with
772     \&\f(CW\*(C`NOTE_EOF\*(C'\fR.
773 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL"" (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
774     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_DEVPOLL\fR (value 16, Solaris 8)" 4
775     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_DEVPOLL (value 16, Solaris 8)"
776 root 1.58 This is not implemented yet (and might never be, unless you send me an
777     implementation). According to reports, \f(CW\*(C`/dev/poll\*(C'\fR only supports sockets
778     and is not embeddable, which would limit the usefulness of this backend
779     immensely.
780 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_PORT"" (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
781     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_PORT\fR (value 32, Solaris 10)" 4
782 root 1.100 .IX Item "EVBACKEND_PORT (value 32, Solaris 10)"
783 root 1.54 This uses the Solaris 10 event port mechanism. As with everything on Solaris,
784 root 1.3 it's really slow, but it still scales very well (O(active_fds)).
785 root 1.7 .Sp
786 root 1.58 While this backend scales well, it requires one system call per active
787     file descriptor per loop iteration. For small and medium numbers of file
788     descriptors a \*(L"slow\*(R" \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR backend
789     might perform better.
790 root 1.60 .Sp
791 root 1.85 On the positive side, this backend actually performed fully to
792     specification in all tests and is fully embeddable, which is a rare feat
793     among the OS-specific backends (I vastly prefer correctness over speed
794     hacks).
795     .Sp
796     On the negative side, the interface is \fIbizarre\fR \- so bizarre that
797     even sun itself gets it wrong in their code examples: The event polling
798 root 1.88 function sometimes returns events to the caller even though an error
799 root 1.85 occurred, but with no indication whether it has done so or not (yes, it's
800 root 1.88 even documented that way) \- deadly for edge-triggered interfaces where you
801     absolutely have to know whether an event occurred or not because you have
802     to re-arm the watcher.
803 root 1.85 .Sp
804     Fortunately libev seems to be able to work around these idiocies.
805 root 1.71 .Sp
806     This backend maps \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR in the same way as
807     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
808 root 1.6 .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_ALL""" 4
809     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_ALL\fR" 4
810     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_ALL"
811 root 1.4 Try all backends (even potentially broken ones that wouldn't be tried
812     with \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_AUTO\*(C'\fR). Since this is a mask, you can do stuff such as
813 root 1.6 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_ALL & ~EVBACKEND_KQUEUE\*(C'\fR.
814 root 1.58 .Sp
815 root 1.85 It is definitely not recommended to use this flag, use whatever
816     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends ()\*(C'\fR returns, or simply do not specify a backend
817     at all.
818     .ie n .IP """EVBACKEND_MASK""" 4
819     .el .IP "\f(CWEVBACKEND_MASK\fR" 4
820     .IX Item "EVBACKEND_MASK"
821     Not a backend at all, but a mask to select all backend bits from a
822     \&\f(CW\*(C`flags\*(C'\fR value, in case you want to mask out any backends from a flags
823     value (e.g. when modifying the \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS\*(C'\fR environment variable).
824 root 1.1 .RE
825     .RS 4
826 root 1.3 .Sp
827 root 1.80 If one or more of the backend flags are or'ed into the flags value,
828     then only these backends will be tried (in the reverse order as listed
829     here). If none are specified, all backends in \f(CW\*(C`ev_recommended_backends
830     ()\*(C'\fR will be tried.
831 root 1.8 .Sp
832 root 1.82 Example: Try to create a event loop that uses epoll and nothing else.
833 root 1.8 .Sp
834 root 1.82 .Vb 3
835     \& struct ev_loop *epoller = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_EPOLL | EVFLAG_NOENV);
836     \& if (!epoller)
837     \& fatal ("no epoll found here, maybe it hides under your chair");
838 root 1.8 .Ve
839     .Sp
840 root 1.71 Example: Use whatever libev has to offer, but make sure that kqueue is
841 root 1.82 used if available.
842 root 1.8 .Sp
843     .Vb 1
844 root 1.82 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_KQUEUE);
845 root 1.8 .Ve
846 root 1.111 .Sp
847     Example: Similarly, on linux, you mgiht want to take advantage of the
848     linux aio backend if possible, but fall back to something else if that
849     isn't available.
850     .Sp
851     .Vb 1
852     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_loop_new (ev_recommended_backends () | EVBACKEND_LINUXAIO);
853     .Ve
854 root 1.1 .RE
855 root 1.82 .IP "ev_loop_destroy (loop)" 4
856     .IX Item "ev_loop_destroy (loop)"
857     Destroys an event loop object (frees all memory and kernel state
858 root 1.12 etc.). None of the active event watchers will be stopped in the normal
859     sense, so e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_is_active\*(C'\fR might still return true. It is your
860 root 1.68 responsibility to either stop all watchers cleanly yourself \fIbefore\fR
861 root 1.12 calling this function, or cope with the fact afterwards (which is usually
862 root 1.52 the easiest thing, you can just ignore the watchers and/or \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR them
863 root 1.12 for example).
864 root 1.52 .Sp
865 root 1.73 Note that certain global state, such as signal state (and installed signal
866     handlers), will not be freed by this function, and related watchers (such
867     as signal and child watchers) would need to be stopped manually.
868 root 1.52 .Sp
869 root 1.82 This function is normally used on loop objects allocated by
870     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR, but it can also be used on the default loop returned by
871     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop\*(C'\fR, in which case it is not thread-safe.
872     .Sp
873     Note that it is not advisable to call this function on the default loop
874 root 1.84 except in the rare occasion where you really need to free its resources.
875 root 1.82 If you need dynamically allocated loops it is better to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_new\*(C'\fR
876     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
877     .IP "ev_loop_fork (loop)" 4
878     .IX Item "ev_loop_fork (loop)"
879 root 1.102 This function sets a flag that causes subsequent \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR iterations
880     to reinitialise the kernel state for backends that have one. Despite
881     the name, you can call it anytime you are allowed to start or stop
882     watchers (except inside an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR callback), but it makes most
883     sense after forking, in the child process. You \fImust\fR call it (or use
884     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR) in the child before resuming or calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
885 root 1.82 .Sp
886 root 1.104 In addition, if you want to reuse a loop (via this function or
887     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR), you \fIalso\fR have to ignore \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR.
888     .Sp
889 root 1.100 Again, you \fIhave\fR to call it on \fIany\fR loop that you want to re-use after
890 root 1.82 a fork, \fIeven if you do not plan to use the loop in the parent\fR. This is
891     because some kernel interfaces *cough* \fIkqueue\fR *cough* do funny things
892     during fork.
893 root 1.60 .Sp
894     On the other hand, you only need to call this function in the child
895 root 1.82 process if and only if you want to use the event loop in the child. If
896     you just fork+exec or create a new loop in the child, you don't have to
897     call it at all (in fact, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR is so badly broken that it makes a
898     difference, but libev will usually detect this case on its own and do a
899     costly reset of the backend).
900 root 1.1 .Sp
901     The function itself is quite fast and it's usually not a problem to call
902 root 1.82 it just in case after a fork.
903     .Sp
904     Example: Automate calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the default loop when
905     using pthreads.
906 root 1.1 .Sp
907 root 1.82 .Vb 5
908     \& static void
909     \& post_fork_child (void)
910     \& {
911     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
912     \& }
913     \&
914     \& ...
915     \& pthread_atfork (0, 0, post_fork_child);
916 root 1.1 .Ve
917 root 1.61 .IP "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)" 4
918     .IX Item "int ev_is_default_loop (loop)"
919 root 1.71 Returns true when the given loop is, in fact, the default loop, and false
920     otherwise.
921 root 1.82 .IP "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)" 4
922     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_iteration (loop)"
923     Returns the current iteration count for the event loop, which is identical
924     to the number of times libev did poll for new events. It starts at \f(CW0\fR
925     and happily wraps around with enough iterations.
926 root 1.37 .Sp
927     This value can sometimes be useful as a generation counter of sorts (it
928     \&\*(L"ticks\*(R" the number of loop iterations), as it roughly corresponds with
929 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR calls \- and is incremented between the
930     prepare and check phases.
931     .IP "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)" 4
932     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_depth (loop)"
933     Returns the number of times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was entered minus the number of
934 root 1.85 times \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was exited normally, in other words, the recursion depth.
935 root 1.79 .Sp
936 root 1.82 Outside \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, this number is zero. In a callback, this number is
937     \&\f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR was invoked recursively (or from another thread),
938 root 1.79 in which case it is higher.
939     .Sp
940 root 1.85 Leaving \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR abnormally (setjmp/longjmp, cancelling the thread,
941     throwing an exception etc.), doesn't count as \*(L"exit\*(R" \- consider this
942     as a hint to avoid such ungentleman-like behaviour unless it's really
943     convenient, in which case it is fully supported.
944 root 1.6 .IP "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)" 4
945     .IX Item "unsigned int ev_backend (loop)"
946     Returns one of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_*\*(C'\fR flags indicating the event backend in
947 root 1.1 use.
948     .IP "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)" 4
949     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_now (loop)"
950     Returns the current \*(L"event loop time\*(R", which is the time the event loop
951 root 1.9 received events and started processing them. This timestamp does not
952     change as long as callbacks are being processed, and this is also the base
953     time used for relative timers. You can treat it as the timestamp of the
954 root 1.54 event occurring (or more correctly, libev finding out about it).
955 root 1.71 .IP "ev_now_update (loop)" 4
956     .IX Item "ev_now_update (loop)"
957     Establishes the current time by querying the kernel, updating the time
958     returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR in the progress. This is a costly operation and
959 root 1.82 is usually done automatically within \f(CW\*(C`ev_run ()\*(C'\fR.
960 root 1.71 .Sp
961     This function is rarely useful, but when some event callback runs for a
962     very long time without entering the event loop, updating libev's idea of
963     the current time is a good idea.
964     .Sp
965     See also \*(L"The special problem of time updates\*(R" in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR section.
966 root 1.78 .IP "ev_suspend (loop)" 4
967     .IX Item "ev_suspend (loop)"
968     .PD 0
969     .IP "ev_resume (loop)" 4
970     .IX Item "ev_resume (loop)"
971     .PD
972 root 1.82 These two functions suspend and resume an event loop, for use when the
973     loop is not used for a while and timeouts should not be processed.
974 root 1.78 .Sp
975     A typical use case would be an interactive program such as a game: When
976     the user presses \f(CW\*(C`^Z\*(C'\fR to suspend the game and resumes it an hour later it
977     would be best to handle timeouts as if no time had actually passed while
978     the program was suspended. This can be achieved by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
979     in your \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR handler, sending yourself a \f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR and calling
980     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR directly afterwards to resume timer processing.
981     .Sp
982     Effectively, all \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watchers will be delayed by the time spend
983     between \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers
984     will be rescheduled (that is, they will lose any events that would have
985 root 1.82 occurred while suspended).
986 root 1.78 .Sp
987     After calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR you \fBmust not\fR call \fIany\fR function on the
988     given loop other than \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR, and you \fBmust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR
989     without a previous call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR.
990     .Sp
991     Calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR has the side effect of updating the
992     event loop time (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update\*(C'\fR).
993 root 1.90 .IP "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)" 4
994     .IX Item "bool ev_run (loop, int flags)"
995 root 1.1 Finally, this is it, the event handler. This function usually is called
996 root 1.81 after you have initialised all your watchers and you want to start
997 root 1.82 handling events. It will ask the operating system for any new events, call
998 root 1.90 the watcher callbacks, and then repeat the whole process indefinitely: This
999 root 1.82 is why event loops are called \fIloops\fR.
1000 root 1.1 .Sp
1001 root 1.82 If the flags argument is specified as \f(CW0\fR, it will keep handling events
1002     until either no event watchers are active anymore or \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR was
1003     called.
1004 root 1.1 .Sp
1005 root 1.90 The return value is false if there are no more active watchers (which
1006     usually means \*(L"all jobs done\*(R" or \*(L"deadlock\*(R"), and true in all other cases
1007     (which usually means " you should call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR again").
1008     .Sp
1009 root 1.82 Please note that an explicit \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR is usually better than
1010 root 1.9 relying on all watchers to be stopped when deciding when a program has
1011 root 1.71 finished (especially in interactive programs), but having a program
1012     that automatically loops as long as it has to and no longer by virtue
1013     of relying on its watchers stopping correctly, that is truly a thing of
1014     beauty.
1015 root 1.9 .Sp
1016 root 1.90 This function is \fImostly\fR exception-safe \- you can break out of a
1017     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call by calling \f(CW\*(C`longjmp\*(C'\fR in a callback, throwing a \*(C+
1018 root 1.85 exception and so on. This does not decrement the \f(CW\*(C`ev_depth\*(C'\fR value, nor
1019     will it clear any outstanding \f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR breaks.
1020     .Sp
1021 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_NOWAIT\*(C'\fR will look for new events, will handle
1022     those events and any already outstanding ones, but will not wait and
1023     block your process in case there are no events and will return after one
1024     iteration of the loop. This is sometimes useful to poll and handle new
1025     events while doing lengthy calculations, to keep the program responsive.
1026 root 1.1 .Sp
1027 root 1.82 A flags value of \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR will look for new events (waiting if
1028 root 1.71 necessary) and will handle those and any already outstanding ones. It
1029     will block your process until at least one new event arrives (which could
1030 root 1.73 be an event internal to libev itself, so there is no guarantee that a
1031 root 1.71 user-registered callback will be called), and will return after one
1032     iteration of the loop.
1033     .Sp
1034     This is useful if you are waiting for some external event in conjunction
1035     with something not expressible using other libev watchers (i.e. "roll your
1036 root 1.82 own \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR"). However, a pair of \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR/\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers is
1037 root 1.8 usually a better approach for this kind of thing.
1038     .Sp
1039 root 1.88 Here are the gory details of what \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does (this is for your
1040     understanding, not a guarantee that things will work exactly like this in
1041     future versions):
1042 root 1.8 .Sp
1043 root 1.60 .Vb 10
1044 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop depth.
1045     \& \- Reset the ev_break status.
1046 root 1.60 \& \- Before the first iteration, call any pending watchers.
1047 root 1.82 \& LOOP:
1048     \& \- If EVFLAG_FORKCHECK was used, check for a fork.
1049 root 1.71 \& \- If a fork was detected (by any means), queue and call all fork watchers.
1050 root 1.60 \& \- Queue and call all prepare watchers.
1051 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break was called, goto FINISH.
1052 root 1.71 \& \- If we have been forked, detach and recreate the kernel state
1053     \& as to not disturb the other process.
1054 root 1.60 \& \- Update the kernel state with all outstanding changes.
1055 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()).
1056 root 1.60 \& \- Calculate for how long to sleep or block, if at all
1057 root 1.82 \& (active idle watchers, EVRUN_NOWAIT or not having
1058 root 1.60 \& any active watchers at all will result in not sleeping).
1059     \& \- Sleep if the I/O and timer collect interval say so.
1060 root 1.82 \& \- Increment loop iteration counter.
1061 root 1.60 \& \- Block the process, waiting for any events.
1062     \& \- Queue all outstanding I/O (fd) events.
1063 root 1.71 \& \- Update the "event loop time" (ev_now ()), and do time jump adjustments.
1064     \& \- Queue all expired timers.
1065     \& \- Queue all expired periodics.
1066 root 1.82 \& \- Queue all idle watchers with priority higher than that of pending events.
1067 root 1.60 \& \- Queue all check watchers.
1068     \& \- Call all queued watchers in reverse order (i.e. check watchers first).
1069 root 1.8 \& Signals and child watchers are implemented as I/O watchers, and will
1070     \& be handled here by queueing them when their watcher gets executed.
1071 root 1.82 \& \- If ev_break has been called, or EVRUN_ONCE or EVRUN_NOWAIT
1072     \& were used, or there are no active watchers, goto FINISH, otherwise
1073     \& continue with step LOOP.
1074     \& FINISH:
1075     \& \- Reset the ev_break status iff it was EVBREAK_ONE.
1076     \& \- Decrement the loop depth.
1077     \& \- Return.
1078 root 1.2 .Ve
1079 root 1.9 .Sp
1080 root 1.60 Example: Queue some jobs and then loop until no events are outstanding
1081 root 1.9 anymore.
1082     .Sp
1083     .Vb 4
1084     \& ... queue jobs here, make sure they register event watchers as long
1085     \& ... as they still have work to do (even an idle watcher will do..)
1086 root 1.82 \& ev_run (my_loop, 0);
1087 root 1.86 \& ... jobs done or somebody called break. yeah!
1088 root 1.9 .Ve
1089 root 1.82 .IP "ev_break (loop, how)" 4
1090     .IX Item "ev_break (loop, how)"
1091     Can be used to make a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR return early (but only after it
1092 root 1.1 has processed all outstanding events). The \f(CW\*(C`how\*(C'\fR argument must be either
1093 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ONE\*(C'\fR, which will make the innermost \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call return, or
1094     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBREAK_ALL\*(C'\fR, which will make all nested \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls return.
1095 root 1.60 .Sp
1096 root 1.85 This \*(L"break state\*(R" will be cleared on the next call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
1097 root 1.72 .Sp
1098 root 1.85 It is safe to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR from outside any \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR calls, too, in
1099     which case it will have no effect.
1100 root 1.1 .IP "ev_ref (loop)" 4
1101     .IX Item "ev_ref (loop)"
1102     .PD 0
1103     .IP "ev_unref (loop)" 4
1104     .IX Item "ev_unref (loop)"
1105     .PD
1106     Ref/unref can be used to add or remove a reference count on the event
1107     loop: Every watcher keeps one reference, and as long as the reference
1108 root 1.82 count is nonzero, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will not return on its own.
1109 root 1.71 .Sp
1110 root 1.81 This is useful when you have a watcher that you never intend to
1111 root 1.82 unregister, but that nevertheless should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1112 root 1.81 returning. In such a case, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_unref\*(C'\fR after starting, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1113     before stopping it.
1114 root 1.71 .Sp
1115 root 1.78 As an example, libev itself uses this for its internal signal pipe: It
1116 root 1.82 is not visible to the libev user and should not keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1117 root 1.78 exiting if no event watchers registered by it are active. It is also an
1118     excellent way to do this for generic recurring timers or from within
1119     third-party libraries. Just remember to \fIunref after start\fR and \fIref
1120     before stop\fR (but only if the watcher wasn't active before, or was active
1121     before, respectively. Note also that libev might stop watchers itself
1122     (e.g. non-repeating timers) in which case you have to \f(CW\*(C`ev_ref\*(C'\fR
1123     in the callback).
1124 root 1.9 .Sp
1125 root 1.82 Example: Create a signal watcher, but keep it from keeping \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
1126 root 1.9 running when nothing else is active.
1127     .Sp
1128     .Vb 4
1129 root 1.73 \& ev_signal exitsig;
1130 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&exitsig, sig_cb, SIGINT);
1131     \& ev_signal_start (loop, &exitsig);
1132 root 1.85 \& ev_unref (loop);
1133 root 1.9 .Ve
1134     .Sp
1135 root 1.28 Example: For some weird reason, unregister the above signal handler again.
1136 root 1.9 .Sp
1137     .Vb 2
1138 root 1.68 \& ev_ref (loop);
1139     \& ev_signal_stop (loop, &exitsig);
1140 root 1.9 .Ve
1141 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1142     .IX Item "ev_set_io_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1143 root 1.56 .PD 0
1144 root 1.57 .IP "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
1145     .IX Item "ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (loop, ev_tstamp interval)"
1146 root 1.56 .PD
1147     These advanced functions influence the time that libev will spend waiting
1148 root 1.71 for events. Both time intervals are by default \f(CW0\fR, meaning that libev
1149     will try to invoke timer/periodic callbacks and I/O callbacks with minimum
1150     latency.
1151 root 1.56 .Sp
1152     Setting these to a higher value (the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fImust\fR be >= \f(CW0\fR)
1153 root 1.71 allows libev to delay invocation of I/O and timer/periodic callbacks
1154     to increase efficiency of loop iterations (or to increase power-saving
1155     opportunities).
1156     .Sp
1157     The idea is that sometimes your program runs just fast enough to handle
1158     one (or very few) event(s) per loop iteration. While this makes the
1159     program responsive, it also wastes a lot of \s-1CPU\s0 time to poll for new
1160 root 1.56 events, especially with backends like \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR which have a high
1161     overhead for the actual polling but can deliver many events at once.
1162     .Sp
1163     By setting a higher \fIio collect interval\fR you allow libev to spend more
1164     time collecting I/O events, so you can handle more events per iteration,
1165     at the cost of increasing latency. Timeouts (both \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR and
1166 root 1.88 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR) will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null value will
1167 root 1.79 introduce an additional \f(CW\*(C`ev_sleep ()\*(C'\fR call into most loop iterations. The
1168     sleep time ensures that libev will not poll for I/O events more often then
1169 root 1.88 once per this interval, on average (as long as the host time resolution is
1170     good enough).
1171 root 1.56 .Sp
1172     Likewise, by setting a higher \fItimeout collect interval\fR you allow libev
1173     to spend more time collecting timeouts, at the expense of increased
1174 root 1.71 latency/jitter/inexactness (the watcher callback will be called
1175     later). \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers will not be affected. Setting this to a non-null
1176     value will not introduce any overhead in libev.
1177 root 1.56 .Sp
1178 root 1.68 Many (busy) programs can usually benefit by setting the I/O collect
1179 root 1.57 interval to a value near \f(CW0.1\fR or so, which is often enough for
1180     interactive servers (of course not for games), likewise for timeouts. It
1181     usually doesn't make much sense to set it to a lower value than \f(CW0.01\fR,
1182 root 1.79 as this approaches the timing granularity of most systems. Note that if
1183     you do transactions with the outside world and you can't increase the
1184     parallelity, then this setting will limit your transaction rate (if you
1185     need to poll once per transaction and the I/O collect interval is 0.01,
1186 root 1.82 then you can't do more than 100 transactions per second).
1187 root 1.71 .Sp
1188     Setting the \fItimeout collect interval\fR can improve the opportunity for
1189     saving power, as the program will \*(L"bundle\*(R" timer callback invocations that
1190     are \*(L"near\*(R" in time together, by delaying some, thus reducing the number of
1191     times the process sleeps and wakes up again. Another useful technique to
1192     reduce iterations/wake\-ups is to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers and make sure
1193     they fire on, say, one-second boundaries only.
1194 root 1.79 .Sp
1195     Example: we only need 0.1s timeout granularity, and we wish not to poll
1196     more often than 100 times per second:
1197     .Sp
1198     .Vb 2
1199     \& ev_set_timeout_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.1);
1200     \& ev_set_io_collect_interval (EV_DEFAULT_UC_ 0.01);
1201     .Ve
1202     .IP "ev_invoke_pending (loop)" 4
1203     .IX Item "ev_invoke_pending (loop)"
1204     This call will simply invoke all pending watchers while resetting their
1205 root 1.82 pending state. Normally, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR does this automatically when required,
1206     but when overriding the invoke callback this call comes handy. This
1207     function can be invoked from a watcher \- this can be useful for example
1208     when you want to do some lengthy calculation and want to pass further
1209     event handling to another thread (you still have to make sure only one
1210     thread executes within \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR of course).
1211 root 1.79 .IP "int ev_pending_count (loop)" 4
1212     .IX Item "int ev_pending_count (loop)"
1213     Returns the number of pending watchers \- zero indicates that no watchers
1214     are pending.
1215     .IP "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(\s-1EV_P\s0))" 4
1216     .IX Item "ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (loop, void (*invoke_pending_cb)(EV_P))"
1217     This overrides the invoke pending functionality of the loop: Instead of
1218 root 1.82 invoking all pending watchers when there are any, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will call
1219 root 1.79 this callback instead. This is useful, for example, when you want to
1220     invoke the actual watchers inside another context (another thread etc.).
1221     .Sp
1222     If you want to reset the callback, use \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR as new
1223     callback.
1224 root 1.92 .IP "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw (), void (*acquire)(\s-1EV_P\s0) throw ())" 4
1225     .IX Item "ev_set_loop_release_cb (loop, void (*release)(EV_P) throw (), void (*acquire)(EV_P) throw ())"
1226 root 1.79 Sometimes you want to share the same loop between multiple threads. This
1227     can be done relatively simply by putting mutex_lock/unlock calls around
1228     each call to a libev function.
1229     .Sp
1230 root 1.82 However, \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR can run an indefinite time, so it is not feasible
1231     to wait for it to return. One way around this is to wake up the event
1232 root 1.88 loop via \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, another way is to set these
1233 root 1.82 \&\fIrelease\fR and \fIacquire\fR callbacks on the loop.
1234 root 1.79 .Sp
1235     When set, then \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will be called just before the thread is
1236     suspended waiting for new events, and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR is called just
1237     afterwards.
1238     .Sp
1239     Ideally, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR will just call your mutex_unlock function, and
1240     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR will just call the mutex_lock function again.
1241     .Sp
1242     While event loop modifications are allowed between invocations of
1243     \&\f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR (that's their only purpose after all), no
1244     modifications done will affect the event loop, i.e. adding watchers will
1245     have no effect on the set of file descriptors being watched, or the time
1246 root 1.82 waited. Use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher to wake up \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR when you want it
1247 root 1.79 to take note of any changes you made.
1248     .Sp
1249 root 1.82 In theory, threads executing \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR will be async-cancel safe between
1250 root 1.79 invocations of \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR.
1251     .Sp
1252     See also the locking example in the \f(CW\*(C`THREADS\*(C'\fR section later in this
1253     document.
1254     .IP "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)" 4
1255     .IX Item "ev_set_userdata (loop, void *data)"
1256     .PD 0
1257 root 1.85 .IP "void *ev_userdata (loop)" 4
1258     .IX Item "void *ev_userdata (loop)"
1259 root 1.79 .PD
1260     Set and retrieve a single \f(CW\*(C`void *\*(C'\fR associated with a loop. When
1261     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_set_userdata\*(C'\fR has never been called, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_userdata\*(C'\fR returns
1262 root 1.85 \&\f(CW0\fR.
1263 root 1.79 .Sp
1264     These two functions can be used to associate arbitrary data with a loop,
1265     and are intended solely for the \f(CW\*(C`invoke_pending_cb\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`release\*(C'\fR and
1266     \&\f(CW\*(C`acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks described above, but of course can be (ab\-)used for
1267     any other purpose as well.
1268 root 1.82 .IP "ev_verify (loop)" 4
1269     .IX Item "ev_verify (loop)"
1270 root 1.67 This function only does something when \f(CW\*(C`EV_VERIFY\*(C'\fR support has been
1271 root 1.73 compiled in, which is the default for non-minimal builds. It tries to go
1272 root 1.71 through all internal structures and checks them for validity. If anything
1273     is found to be inconsistent, it will print an error message to standard
1274     error and call \f(CW\*(C`abort ()\*(C'\fR.
1275 root 1.67 .Sp
1276     This can be used to catch bugs inside libev itself: under normal
1277     circumstances, this function will never abort as of course libev keeps its
1278     data structures consistent.
1279 root 1.1 .SH "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1280     .IX Header "ANATOMY OF A WATCHER"
1281 root 1.73 In the following description, uppercase \f(CW\*(C`TYPE\*(C'\fR in names stands for the
1282     watcher type, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR can mean \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR for timer
1283     watchers and \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_start\*(C'\fR for I/O watchers.
1284     .PP
1285 root 1.82 A watcher is an opaque structure that you allocate and register to record
1286     your interest in some event. To make a concrete example, imagine you want
1287     to wait for \s-1STDIN\s0 to become readable, you would create an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher
1288     for that:
1289 root 1.1 .PP
1290     .Vb 5
1291 root 1.73 \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1292 root 1.68 \& {
1293     \& ev_io_stop (w);
1294 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
1295 root 1.68 \& }
1296     \&
1297     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_loop (0);
1298 root 1.73 \&
1299     \& ev_io stdin_watcher;
1300     \&
1301 root 1.68 \& ev_init (&stdin_watcher, my_cb);
1302     \& ev_io_set (&stdin_watcher, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1303     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_watcher);
1304 root 1.73 \&
1305 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1306 root 1.1 .Ve
1307     .PP
1308     As you can see, you are responsible for allocating the memory for your
1309 root 1.73 watcher structures (and it is \fIusually\fR a bad idea to do this on the
1310     stack).
1311     .PP
1312     Each watcher has an associated watcher structure (called \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR
1313     or simply \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR, as typedefs are provided for all watcher structs).
1314 root 1.1 .PP
1315 root 1.82 Each watcher structure must be initialised by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_init (watcher
1316     *, callback)\*(C'\fR, which expects a callback to be provided. This callback is
1317     invoked each time the event occurs (or, in the case of I/O watchers, each
1318     time the event loop detects that the file descriptor given is readable
1319     and/or writable).
1320 root 1.1 .PP
1321 root 1.73 Each watcher type further has its own \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set (watcher *, ...)\*(C'\fR
1322     macro to configure it, with arguments specific to the watcher type. There
1323     is also a macro to combine initialisation and setting in one call: \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init (watcher *, callback, ...)\*(C'\fR.
1324 root 1.1 .PP
1325     To make the watcher actually watch out for events, you have to start it
1326 root 1.73 with a watcher-specific start function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start (loop, watcher
1327 root 1.1 *)\*(C'\fR), and you can stop watching for events at any time by calling the
1328 root 1.73 corresponding stop function (\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop (loop, watcher *)\*(C'\fR.
1329 root 1.1 .PP
1330     As long as your watcher is active (has been started but not stopped) you
1331     must not touch the values stored in it. Most specifically you must never
1332 root 1.73 reinitialise it or call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro.
1333 root 1.1 .PP
1334     Each and every callback receives the event loop pointer as first, the
1335     registered watcher structure as second, and a bitset of received events as
1336     third argument.
1337     .PP
1338     The received events usually include a single bit per event type received
1339     (you can receive multiple events at the same time). The possible bit masks
1340     are:
1341     .ie n .IP """EV_READ""" 4
1342     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_READ\fR" 4
1343     .IX Item "EV_READ"
1344     .PD 0
1345     .ie n .IP """EV_WRITE""" 4
1346     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_WRITE\fR" 4
1347     .IX Item "EV_WRITE"
1348     .PD
1349     The file descriptor in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher has become readable and/or
1350     writable.
1351 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_TIMER""" 4
1352     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_TIMER\fR" 4
1353     .IX Item "EV_TIMER"
1354 root 1.1 The \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1355     .ie n .IP """EV_PERIODIC""" 4
1356     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PERIODIC\fR" 4
1357     .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC"
1358     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watcher has timed out.
1359     .ie n .IP """EV_SIGNAL""" 4
1360     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_SIGNAL\fR" 4
1361     .IX Item "EV_SIGNAL"
1362     The signal specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watcher has been received by a thread.
1363     .ie n .IP """EV_CHILD""" 4
1364     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHILD\fR" 4
1365     .IX Item "EV_CHILD"
1366     The pid specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher has received a status change.
1367 root 1.22 .ie n .IP """EV_STAT""" 4
1368     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_STAT\fR" 4
1369     .IX Item "EV_STAT"
1370     The path specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watcher changed its attributes somehow.
1371 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_IDLE""" 4
1372     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_IDLE\fR" 4
1373     .IX Item "EV_IDLE"
1374     The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher has determined that you have nothing better to do.
1375     .ie n .IP """EV_PREPARE""" 4
1376     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_PREPARE\fR" 4
1377     .IX Item "EV_PREPARE"
1378     .PD 0
1379     .ie n .IP """EV_CHECK""" 4
1380     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CHECK\fR" 4
1381     .IX Item "EV_CHECK"
1382     .PD
1383 root 1.93 All \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are invoked just \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR starts to
1384     gather new events, and all \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are queued (not invoked)
1385     just after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR has gathered them, but before it queues any callbacks
1386     for any received events. That means \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers are the last
1387     watchers invoked before the event loop sleeps or polls for new events, and
1388     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers will be invoked before any other watchers of the same
1389     or lower priority within an event loop iteration.
1390     .Sp
1391     Callbacks of both watcher types can start and stop as many watchers as
1392     they want, and all of them will be taken into account (for example, a
1393     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher might start an idle watcher to keep \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR from
1394     blocking).
1395 root 1.24 .ie n .IP """EV_EMBED""" 4
1396     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_EMBED\fR" 4
1397     .IX Item "EV_EMBED"
1398     The embedded event loop specified in the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher needs attention.
1399     .ie n .IP """EV_FORK""" 4
1400     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_FORK\fR" 4
1401     .IX Item "EV_FORK"
1402     The event loop has been resumed in the child process after fork (see
1403     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR).
1404 root 1.82 .ie n .IP """EV_CLEANUP""" 4
1405     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CLEANUP\fR" 4
1406     .IX Item "EV_CLEANUP"
1407     The event loop is about to be destroyed (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup\*(C'\fR).
1408 root 1.61 .ie n .IP """EV_ASYNC""" 4
1409     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ASYNC\fR" 4
1410     .IX Item "EV_ASYNC"
1411     The given async watcher has been asynchronously notified (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR).
1412 root 1.78 .ie n .IP """EV_CUSTOM""" 4
1413     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_CUSTOM\fR" 4
1414     .IX Item "EV_CUSTOM"
1415     Not ever sent (or otherwise used) by libev itself, but can be freely used
1416     by libev users to signal watchers (e.g. via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR).
1417 root 1.1 .ie n .IP """EV_ERROR""" 4
1418     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_ERROR\fR" 4
1419     .IX Item "EV_ERROR"
1420 root 1.68 An unspecified error has occurred, the watcher has been stopped. This might
1421 root 1.1 happen because the watcher could not be properly started because libev
1422     ran out of memory, a file descriptor was found to be closed or any other
1423 root 1.73 problem. Libev considers these application bugs.
1424     .Sp
1425     You best act on it by reporting the problem and somehow coping with the
1426     watcher being stopped. Note that well-written programs should not receive
1427     an error ever, so when your watcher receives it, this usually indicates a
1428     bug in your program.
1429 root 1.1 .Sp
1430 root 1.71 Libev will usually signal a few \*(L"dummy\*(R" events together with an error, for
1431     example it might indicate that a fd is readable or writable, and if your
1432     callbacks is well-written it can just attempt the operation and cope with
1433 root 1.110 the error from \fBread()\fR or \fBwrite()\fR. This will not work in multi-threaded
1434 root 1.71 programs, though, as the fd could already be closed and reused for another
1435     thing, so beware.
1436 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS\s0"
1437 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "GENERIC WATCHER FUNCTIONS"
1438 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1439     .el .IP "\f(CWev_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1440     .IX Item "ev_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1441     This macro initialises the generic portion of a watcher. The contents
1442     of the watcher object can be arbitrary (so \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will do). Only
1443     the generic parts of the watcher are initialised, you \fIneed\fR to call
1444     the type-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro afterwards to initialise the
1445     type-specific parts. For each type there is also a \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR macro
1446     which rolls both calls into one.
1447     .Sp
1448     You can reinitialise a watcher at any time as long as it has been stopped
1449     (or never started) and there are no pending events outstanding.
1450     .Sp
1451 root 1.73 The callback is always of type \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(struct ev_loop *loop, ev_TYPE *watcher,
1452 root 1.11 int revents)\*(C'\fR.
1453 root 1.71 .Sp
1454     Example: Initialise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in two steps.
1455     .Sp
1456     .Vb 3
1457     \& ev_io w;
1458     \& ev_init (&w, my_cb);
1459     \& ev_io_set (&w, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1460     .Ve
1461 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_set"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1462     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_set\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])" 4
1463     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_set (ev_TYPE *watcher, [args])"
1464 root 1.11 This macro initialises the type-specific parts of a watcher. You need to
1465     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR at least once before you call this macro, but you can
1466     call \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR any number of times. You must not, however, call this
1467     macro on a watcher that is active (it can be pending, however, which is a
1468     difference to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR macro).
1469     .Sp
1470     Although some watcher types do not have type-specific arguments
1471     (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) you still need to call its \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR macro.
1472 root 1.71 .Sp
1473     See \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR, above, for an example.
1474 root 1.11 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_init"" (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1475     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_init\fR (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])" 4
1476     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_init (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback, [args])"
1477 root 1.68 This convenience macro rolls both \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR macro
1478     calls into a single call. This is the most convenient method to initialise
1479 root 1.11 a watcher. The same limitations apply, of course.
1480 root 1.71 .Sp
1481     Example: Initialise and set an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher in one step.
1482     .Sp
1483     .Vb 1
1484     \& ev_io_init (&w, my_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1485     .Ve
1486 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_start"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1487     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_start\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1488     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_start (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1489 root 1.11 Starts (activates) the given watcher. Only active watchers will receive
1490     events. If the watcher is already active nothing will happen.
1491 root 1.71 .Sp
1492     Example: Start the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher that is being abused as example in this
1493     whole section.
1494     .Sp
1495     .Vb 1
1496     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_UC, &w);
1497     .Ve
1498 root 1.81 .ie n .IP """ev_TYPE_stop"" (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1499     .el .IP "\f(CWev_TYPE_stop\fR (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1500     .IX Item "ev_TYPE_stop (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1501 root 1.72 Stops the given watcher if active, and clears the pending status (whether
1502     the watcher was active or not).
1503     .Sp
1504     It is possible that stopped watchers are pending \- for example,
1505     non-repeating timers are being stopped when they become pending \- but
1506     calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR ensures that the watcher is neither active nor
1507     pending. If you want to free or reuse the memory used by the watcher it is
1508     therefore a good idea to always call its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function.
1509 root 1.11 .IP "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1510     .IX Item "bool ev_is_active (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1511     Returns a true value iff the watcher is active (i.e. it has been started
1512     and not yet been stopped). As long as a watcher is active you must not modify
1513     it.
1514     .IP "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1515     .IX Item "bool ev_is_pending (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1516     Returns a true value iff the watcher is pending, (i.e. it has outstanding
1517     events but its callback has not yet been invoked). As long as a watcher
1518     is pending (but not active) you must not call an init function on it (but
1519 root 1.43 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR is safe), you must not change its priority, and you must
1520     make sure the watcher is available to libev (e.g. you cannot \f(CW\*(C`free ()\*(C'\fR
1521     it).
1522 root 1.29 .IP "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1523     .IX Item "callback ev_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1524 root 1.11 Returns the callback currently set on the watcher.
1525 root 1.93 .IP "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)" 4
1526     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev_TYPE *watcher, callback)"
1527 root 1.11 Change the callback. You can change the callback at virtually any time
1528     (modulo threads).
1529 root 1.81 .IP "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)" 4
1530     .IX Item "ev_set_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher, int priority)"
1531 root 1.37 .PD 0
1532     .IP "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1533     .IX Item "int ev_priority (ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1534     .PD
1535     Set and query the priority of the watcher. The priority is a small
1536     integer between \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR (default: \f(CW2\fR) and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR
1537     (default: \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR). Pending watchers with higher priority will be invoked
1538     before watchers with lower priority, but priority will not keep watchers
1539     from being executed (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers).
1540     .Sp
1541     If you need to suppress invocation when higher priority events are pending
1542     you need to look at \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers, which provide this functionality.
1543     .Sp
1544 root 1.43 You \fImust not\fR change the priority of a watcher as long as it is active or
1545     pending.
1546     .Sp
1547 root 1.78 Setting a priority outside the range of \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR is
1548     fine, as long as you do not mind that the priority value you query might
1549     or might not have been clamped to the valid range.
1550     .Sp
1551 root 1.37 The default priority used by watchers when no priority has been set is
1552     always \f(CW0\fR, which is supposed to not be too high and not be too low :).
1553     .Sp
1554 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\*(R"\s0, below, for a more thorough treatment of
1555 root 1.78 priorities.
1556 root 1.43 .IP "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1557     .IX Item "ev_invoke (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1558     Invoke the \f(CW\*(C`watcher\*(C'\fR with the given \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR. Neither
1559     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR nor \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR need to be valid as long as the watcher callback
1560 root 1.71 can deal with that fact, as both are simply passed through to the
1561     callback.
1562 root 1.43 .IP "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)" 4
1563     .IX Item "int ev_clear_pending (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher)"
1564 root 1.71 If the watcher is pending, this function clears its pending status and
1565     returns its \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR bitset (as if its callback was invoked). If the
1566 root 1.43 watcher isn't pending it does nothing and returns \f(CW0\fR.
1567 root 1.71 .Sp
1568     Sometimes it can be useful to \*(L"poll\*(R" a watcher instead of waiting for its
1569     callback to be invoked, which can be accomplished with this function.
1570 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)" 4
1571     .IX Item "ev_feed_event (loop, ev_TYPE *watcher, int revents)"
1572     Feeds the given event set into the event loop, as if the specified event
1573     had happened for the specified watcher (which must be a pointer to an
1574     initialised but not necessarily started event watcher). Obviously you must
1575     not free the watcher as long as it has pending events.
1576     .Sp
1577     Stopping the watcher, letting libev invoke it, or calling
1578     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR will clear the pending event, even if the watcher was
1579     not started in the first place.
1580     .Sp
1581     See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_fd_event\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal_event\*(C'\fR for related
1582     functions that do not need a watcher.
1583 root 1.1 .PP
1584 root 1.100 See also the \*(L"\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\*(R"\s0 and \*(L"\s-1BUILDING YOUR
1585     OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\*(R"\s0 idioms.
1586     .SS "\s-1WATCHER STATES\s0"
1587 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "WATCHER STATES"
1588     There are various watcher states mentioned throughout this manual \-
1589     active, pending and so on. In this section these states and the rules to
1590     transition between them will be described in more detail \- and while these
1591     rules might look complicated, they usually do \*(L"the right thing\*(R".
1592 root 1.97 .IP "initialised" 4
1593     .IX Item "initialised"
1594 root 1.88 Before a watcher can be registered with the event loop it has to be
1595 root 1.82 initialised. This can be done with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR, or calls to
1596     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR followed by the watcher-specific \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR function.
1597     .Sp
1598 root 1.86 In this state it is simply some block of memory that is suitable for
1599     use in an event loop. It can be moved around, freed, reused etc. at
1600     will \- as long as you either keep the memory contents intact, or call
1601     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR again.
1602 root 1.82 .IP "started/running/active" 4
1603     .IX Item "started/running/active"
1604     Once a watcher has been started with a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_start\*(C'\fR it becomes
1605     property of the event loop, and is actively waiting for events. While in
1606     this state it cannot be accessed (except in a few documented ways), moved,
1607     freed or anything else \- the only legal thing is to keep a pointer to it,
1608     and call libev functions on it that are documented to work on active watchers.
1609     .IP "pending" 4
1610     .IX Item "pending"
1611     If a watcher is active and libev determines that an event it is interested
1612     in has occurred (such as a timer expiring), it will become pending. It will
1613     stay in this pending state until either it is stopped or its callback is
1614     about to be invoked, so it is not normally pending inside the watcher
1615     callback.
1616     .Sp
1617     The watcher might or might not be active while it is pending (for example,
1618     an expired non-repeating timer can be pending but no longer active). If it
1619     is stopped, it can be freely accessed (e.g. by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR),
1620     but it is still property of the event loop at this time, so cannot be
1621     moved, freed or reused. And if it is active the rules described in the
1622     previous item still apply.
1623     .Sp
1624     It is also possible to feed an event on a watcher that is not active (e.g.
1625     via \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR), in which case it becomes pending without being
1626     active.
1627     .IP "stopped" 4
1628     .IX Item "stopped"
1629     A watcher can be stopped implicitly by libev (in which case it might still
1630     be pending), or explicitly by calling its \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_stop\*(C'\fR function. The
1631     latter will clear any pending state the watcher might be in, regardless
1632     of whether it was active or not, so stopping a watcher explicitly before
1633     freeing it is often a good idea.
1634     .Sp
1635     While stopped (and not pending) the watcher is essentially in the
1636 root 1.86 initialised state, that is, it can be reused, moved, modified in any way
1637     you wish (but when you trash the memory block, you need to \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_init\*(C'\fR
1638     it again).
1639 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS\s0"
1640 root 1.78 .IX Subsection "WATCHER PRIORITY MODELS"
1641     Many event loops support \fIwatcher priorities\fR, which are usually small
1642     integers that influence the ordering of event callback invocation
1643     between watchers in some way, all else being equal.
1644     .PP
1645     In libev, Watcher priorities can be set using \f(CW\*(C`ev_set_priority\*(C'\fR. See its
1646     description for the more technical details such as the actual priority
1647     range.
1648     .PP
1649     There are two common ways how these these priorities are being interpreted
1650     by event loops:
1651     .PP
1652     In the more common lock-out model, higher priorities \*(L"lock out\*(R" invocation
1653     of lower priority watchers, which means as long as higher priority
1654     watchers receive events, lower priority watchers are not being invoked.
1655     .PP
1656     The less common only-for-ordering model uses priorities solely to order
1657     callback invocation within a single event loop iteration: Higher priority
1658     watchers are invoked before lower priority ones, but they all get invoked
1659     before polling for new events.
1660     .PP
1661     Libev uses the second (only-for-ordering) model for all its watchers
1662     except for idle watchers (which use the lock-out model).
1663     .PP
1664     The rationale behind this is that implementing the lock-out model for
1665     watchers is not well supported by most kernel interfaces, and most event
1666     libraries will just poll for the same events again and again as long as
1667     their callbacks have not been executed, which is very inefficient in the
1668     common case of one high-priority watcher locking out a mass of lower
1669     priority ones.
1670     .PP
1671     Static (ordering) priorities are most useful when you have two or more
1672     watchers handling the same resource: a typical usage example is having an
1673     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher to receive data, and an associated \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to handle
1674     timeouts. Under load, data might be received while the program handles
1675     other jobs, but since timers normally get invoked first, the timeout
1676     handler will be executed before checking for data. In that case, giving
1677     the timer a lower priority than the I/O watcher ensures that I/O will be
1678     handled first even under adverse conditions (which is usually, but not
1679     always, what you want).
1680     .PP
1681     Since idle watchers use the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model, meaning that idle watchers
1682     will only be executed when no same or higher priority watchers have
1683     received events, they can be used to implement the \*(L"lock-out\*(R" model when
1684     required.
1685     .PP
1686     For example, to emulate how many other event libraries handle priorities,
1687     you can associate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher to each such watcher, and in
1688     the normal watcher callback, you just start the idle watcher. The real
1689     processing is done in the idle watcher callback. This causes libev to
1690 root 1.82 continuously poll and process kernel event data for the watcher, but when
1691 root 1.78 the lock-out case is known to be rare (which in turn is rare :), this is
1692     workable.
1693     .PP
1694     Usually, however, the lock-out model implemented that way will perform
1695     miserably under the type of load it was designed to handle. In that case,
1696     it might be preferable to stop the real watcher before starting the
1697     idle watcher, so the kernel will not have to process the event in case
1698     the actual processing will be delayed for considerable time.
1699     .PP
1700     Here is an example of an I/O watcher that should run at a strictly lower
1701     priority than the default, and which should only process data when no
1702     other events are pending:
1703     .PP
1704     .Vb 2
1705     \& ev_idle idle; // actual processing watcher
1706     \& ev_io io; // actual event watcher
1707     \&
1708     \& static void
1709     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
1710     \& {
1711     \& // stop the I/O watcher, we received the event, but
1712     \& // are not yet ready to handle it.
1713     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ w);
1714     \&
1715 root 1.82 \& // start the idle watcher to handle the actual event.
1716 root 1.78 \& // it will not be executed as long as other watchers
1717     \& // with the default priority are receiving events.
1718     \& ev_idle_start (EV_A_ &idle);
1719     \& }
1720     \&
1721     \& static void
1722 root 1.79 \& idle_cb (EV_P_ ev_idle *w, int revents)
1723 root 1.78 \& {
1724     \& // actual processing
1725     \& read (STDIN_FILENO, ...);
1726     \&
1727     \& // have to start the I/O watcher again, as
1728     \& // we have handled the event
1729     \& ev_io_start (EV_P_ &io);
1730     \& }
1731     \&
1732     \& // initialisation
1733     \& ev_idle_init (&idle, idle_cb);
1734     \& ev_io_init (&io, io_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1735     \& ev_io_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &io);
1736     .Ve
1737     .PP
1738     In the \*(L"real\*(R" world, it might also be beneficial to start a timer, so that
1739     low-priority connections can not be locked out forever under load. This
1740     enables your program to keep a lower latency for important connections
1741     during short periods of high load, while not completely locking out less
1742     important ones.
1743 root 1.1 .SH "WATCHER TYPES"
1744     .IX Header "WATCHER TYPES"
1745     This section describes each watcher in detail, but will not repeat
1746 root 1.22 information given in the last section. Any initialisation/set macros,
1747     functions and members specific to the watcher type are explained.
1748     .PP
1749     Members are additionally marked with either \fI[read\-only]\fR, meaning that,
1750     while the watcher is active, you can look at the member and expect some
1751     sensible content, but you must not modify it (you can modify it while the
1752     watcher is stopped to your hearts content), or \fI[read\-write]\fR, which
1753     means you can expect it to have some sensible content while the watcher
1754     is active, but you can also modify it. Modifying it may not do something
1755     sensible or take immediate effect (or do anything at all), but libev will
1756     not crash or malfunction in any way.
1757 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_io"" \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1758     .el .SS "\f(CWev_io\fP \- is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1759 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_io - is this file descriptor readable or writable?"
1760 root 1.1 I/O watchers check whether a file descriptor is readable or writable
1761 root 1.17 in each iteration of the event loop, or, more precisely, when reading
1762     would not block the process and writing would at least be able to write
1763     some data. This behaviour is called level-triggering because you keep
1764     receiving events as long as the condition persists. Remember you can stop
1765     the watcher if you don't want to act on the event and neither want to
1766     receive future events.
1767 root 1.1 .PP
1768     In general you can register as many read and/or write event watchers per
1769     fd as you want (as long as you don't confuse yourself). Setting all file
1770     descriptors to non-blocking mode is also usually a good idea (but not
1771     required if you know what you are doing).
1772     .PP
1773 root 1.17 Another thing you have to watch out for is that it is quite easy to
1774 root 1.85 receive \*(L"spurious\*(R" readiness notifications, that is, your callback might
1775 root 1.17 be called with \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR but a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) will actually block
1776 root 1.85 because there is no data. It is very easy to get into this situation even
1777     with a relatively standard program structure. Thus it is best to always
1778     use non-blocking I/O: An extra \f(CW\*(C`read\*(C'\fR(2) returning \f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR is far
1779     preferable to a program hanging until some data arrives.
1780 root 1.17 .PP
1781 root 1.71 If you cannot run the fd in non-blocking mode (for example you should
1782     not play around with an Xlib connection), then you have to separately
1783     re-test whether a file descriptor is really ready with a known-to-be good
1784 root 1.85 interface such as poll (fortunately in the case of Xlib, it already does
1785     this on its own, so its quite safe to use). Some people additionally
1786 root 1.71 use \f(CW\*(C`SIGALRM\*(C'\fR and an interval timer, just to be sure you won't block
1787     indefinitely.
1788     .PP
1789     But really, best use non-blocking mode.
1790 root 1.49 .PP
1791     \fIThe special problem of disappearing file descriptors\fR
1792     .IX Subsection "The special problem of disappearing file descriptors"
1793     .PP
1794 root 1.111 Some backends (e.g. kqueue, epoll, linuxaio) need to be told about closing
1795     a file descriptor (either due to calling \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR explicitly or any other
1796     means, such as \f(CW\*(C`dup2\*(C'\fR). The reason is that you register interest in some
1797     file descriptor, but when it goes away, the operating system will silently
1798     drop this interest. If another file descriptor with the same number then
1799     is registered with libev, there is no efficient way to see that this is,
1800     in fact, a different file descriptor.
1801 root 1.49 .PP
1802     To avoid having to explicitly tell libev about such cases, libev follows
1803     the following policy: Each time \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR is being called, libev
1804     will assume that this is potentially a new file descriptor, otherwise
1805     it is assumed that the file descriptor stays the same. That means that
1806     you \fIhave\fR to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR (or \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_init\*(C'\fR) when you change the
1807     descriptor even if the file descriptor number itself did not change.
1808     .PP
1809     This is how one would do it normally anyway, the important point is that
1810     the libev application should not optimise around libev but should leave
1811     optimisations to libev.
1812 root 1.50 .PP
1813 root 1.55 \fIThe special problem of dup'ed file descriptors\fR
1814     .IX Subsection "The special problem of dup'ed file descriptors"
1815 root 1.54 .PP
1816     Some backends (e.g. epoll), cannot register events for file descriptors,
1817 root 1.59 but only events for the underlying file descriptions. That means when you
1818     have \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors or weirder constellations, and register
1819     events for them, only one file descriptor might actually receive events.
1820 root 1.54 .PP
1821 root 1.59 There is no workaround possible except not registering events
1822     for potentially \f(CW\*(C`dup ()\*(C'\fR'ed file descriptors, or to resort to
1823 root 1.54 \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1824     .PP
1825 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of files\fR
1826     .IX Subsection "The special problem of files"
1827     .PP
1828     Many people try to use \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR (or libev) on file descriptors
1829     representing files, and expect it to become ready when their program
1830     doesn't block on disk accesses (which can take a long time on their own).
1831     .PP
1832     However, this cannot ever work in the \*(L"expected\*(R" way \- you get a readiness
1833     notification as soon as the kernel knows whether and how much data is
1834     there, and in the case of open files, that's always the case, so you
1835     always get a readiness notification instantly, and your read (or possibly
1836     write) will still block on the disk I/O.
1837     .PP
1838     Another way to view it is that in the case of sockets, pipes, character
1839     devices and so on, there is another party (the sender) that delivers data
1840     on its own, but in the case of files, there is no such thing: the disk
1841     will not send data on its own, simply because it doesn't know what you
1842     wish to read \- you would first have to request some data.
1843     .PP
1844     Since files are typically not-so-well supported by advanced notification
1845     mechanism, libev tries hard to emulate \s-1POSIX\s0 behaviour with respect
1846     to files, even though you should not use it. The reason for this is
1847 root 1.100 convenience: sometimes you want to watch \s-1STDIN\s0 or \s-1STDOUT,\s0 which is
1848 root 1.85 usually a tty, often a pipe, but also sometimes files or special devices
1849     (for example, \f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR on Linux works with \fI/dev/random\fR but not with
1850     \&\fI/dev/urandom\fR), and even though the file might better be served with
1851     asynchronous I/O instead of with non-blocking I/O, it is still useful when
1852     it \*(L"just works\*(R" instead of freezing.
1853     .PP
1854     So avoid file descriptors pointing to files when you know it (e.g. use
1855 root 1.100 libeio), but use them when it is convenient, e.g. for \s-1STDIN/STDOUT,\s0 or
1856 root 1.85 when you rarely read from a file instead of from a socket, and want to
1857     reuse the same code path.
1858     .PP
1859 root 1.54 \fIThe special problem of fork\fR
1860     .IX Subsection "The special problem of fork"
1861     .PP
1862 root 1.111 Some backends (epoll, kqueue, probably linuxaio) do not support \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR
1863     at all or exhibit useless behaviour. Libev fully supports fork, but needs
1864     to be told about it in the child if you want to continue to use it in the
1865     child.
1866 root 1.54 .PP
1867 root 1.85 To support fork in your child processes, you have to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork
1868     ()\*(C'\fR after a fork in the child, enable \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_FORKCHECK\*(C'\fR, or resort to
1869     \&\f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_POLL\*(C'\fR.
1870 root 1.54 .PP
1871 root 1.63 \fIThe special problem of \s-1SIGPIPE\s0\fR
1872     .IX Subsection "The special problem of SIGPIPE"
1873     .PP
1874 root 1.71 While not really specific to libev, it is easy to forget about \f(CW\*(C`SIGPIPE\*(C'\fR:
1875     when writing to a pipe whose other end has been closed, your program gets
1876 root 1.100 sent a \s-1SIGPIPE,\s0 which, by default, aborts your program. For most programs
1877 root 1.71 this is sensible behaviour, for daemons, this is usually undesirable.
1878 root 1.63 .PP
1879     So when you encounter spurious, unexplained daemon exits, make sure you
1880 root 1.110 ignore \s-1SIGPIPE\s0 (and maybe make sure you log the exit status of your daemon
1881 root 1.63 somewhere, as that would have given you a big clue).
1882     .PP
1883 root 1.110 \fIThe special problem of \f(BIaccept()\fIing when you can't\fR
1884 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "The special problem of accept()ing when you can't"
1885     .PP
1886 root 1.110 Many implementations of the \s-1POSIX\s0 \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR function (for example,
1887 root 1.82 found in post\-2004 Linux) have the peculiar behaviour of not removing a
1888     connection from the pending queue in all error cases.
1889     .PP
1890     For example, larger servers often run out of file descriptors (because
1891     of resource limits), causing \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR to fail with \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR but not
1892     rejecting the connection, leading to libev signalling readiness on
1893     the next iteration again (the connection still exists after all), and
1894     typically causing the program to loop at 100% \s-1CPU\s0 usage.
1895     .PP
1896     Unfortunately, the set of errors that cause this issue differs between
1897     operating systems, there is usually little the app can do to remedy the
1898     situation, and no known thread-safe method of removing the connection to
1899     cope with overload is known (to me).
1900     .PP
1901     One of the easiest ways to handle this situation is to just ignore it
1902     \&\- when the program encounters an overload, it will just loop until the
1903     situation is over. While this is a form of busy waiting, no \s-1OS\s0 offers an
1904     event-based way to handle this situation, so it's the best one can do.
1905     .PP
1906     A better way to handle the situation is to log any errors other than
1907     \&\f(CW\*(C`EAGAIN\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EWOULDBLOCK\*(C'\fR, making sure not to flood the log with such
1908     messages, and continue as usual, which at least gives the user an idea of
1909     what could be wrong (\*(L"raise the ulimit!\*(R"). For extra points one could stop
1910     the \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher on the listening fd \*(L"for a while\*(R", which reduces \s-1CPU\s0
1911     usage.
1912     .PP
1913     If your program is single-threaded, then you could also keep a dummy file
1914     descriptor for overload situations (e.g. by opening \fI/dev/null\fR), and
1915     when you run into \f(CW\*(C`ENFILE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EMFILE\*(C'\fR, close it, run \f(CW\*(C`accept\*(C'\fR,
1916     close that fd, and create a new dummy fd. This will gracefully refuse
1917     clients under typical overload conditions.
1918     .PP
1919     The last way to handle it is to simply log the error and \f(CW\*(C`exit\*(C'\fR, as
1920     is often done with \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR failures, but this results in an easy
1921     opportunity for a DoS attack.
1922     .PP
1923 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions\fR
1924     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions"
1925 root 1.1 .IP "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)" 4
1926     .IX Item "ev_io_init (ev_io *, callback, int fd, int events)"
1927     .PD 0
1928     .IP "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)" 4
1929     .IX Item "ev_io_set (ev_io *, int fd, int events)"
1930     .PD
1931 root 1.17 Configures an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is the file descriptor to
1932 root 1.71 receive events for and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR is either \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or
1933     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_READ | EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR, to express the desire to receive the given events.
1934 root 1.22 .IP "int fd [read\-only]" 4
1935     .IX Item "int fd [read-only]"
1936     The file descriptor being watched.
1937     .IP "int events [read\-only]" 4
1938     .IX Item "int events [read-only]"
1939     The events being watched.
1940 root 1.9 .PP
1941 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
1942     .IX Subsection "Examples"
1943     .PP
1944 root 1.28 Example: Call \f(CW\*(C`stdin_readable_cb\*(C'\fR when \s-1STDIN_FILENO\s0 has become, well
1945 root 1.60 readable, but only once. Since it is likely line-buffered, you could
1946 root 1.28 attempt to read a whole line in the callback.
1947 root 1.9 .PP
1948     .Vb 6
1949 root 1.68 \& static void
1950 root 1.73 \& stdin_readable_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
1951 root 1.68 \& {
1952     \& ev_io_stop (loop, w);
1953 root 1.71 \& .. read from stdin here (or from w\->fd) and handle any I/O errors
1954 root 1.68 \& }
1955     \&
1956     \& ...
1957     \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
1958 root 1.73 \& ev_io stdin_readable;
1959 root 1.68 \& ev_io_init (&stdin_readable, stdin_readable_cb, STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ);
1960     \& ev_io_start (loop, &stdin_readable);
1961 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
1962 root 1.9 .Ve
1963 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_timer"" \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1964     .el .SS "\f(CWev_timer\fP \- relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1965 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_timer - relative and optionally repeating timeouts"
1966 root 1.1 Timer watchers are simple relative timers that generate an event after a
1967     given time, and optionally repeating in regular intervals after that.
1968     .PP
1969     The timers are based on real time, that is, if you register an event that
1970 root 1.68 times out after an hour and you reset your system clock to January last
1971 root 1.71 year, it will still time out after (roughly) one hour. \*(L"Roughly\*(R" because
1972 root 1.2 detecting time jumps is hard, and some inaccuracies are unavoidable (the
1973 root 1.1 monotonic clock option helps a lot here).
1974     .PP
1975 root 1.71 The callback is guaranteed to be invoked only \fIafter\fR its timeout has
1976 root 1.78 passed (not \fIat\fR, so on systems with very low-resolution clocks this
1977 root 1.88 might introduce a small delay, see \*(L"the special problem of being too
1978     early\*(R", below). If multiple timers become ready during the same loop
1979     iteration then the ones with earlier time-out values are invoked before
1980     ones of the same priority with later time-out values (but this is no
1981     longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
1982 root 1.71 .PP
1983 root 1.73 \fIBe smart about timeouts\fR
1984     .IX Subsection "Be smart about timeouts"
1985     .PP
1986     Many real-world problems involve some kind of timeout, usually for error
1987     recovery. A typical example is an \s-1HTTP\s0 request \- if the other side hangs,
1988     you want to raise some error after a while.
1989     .PP
1990     What follows are some ways to handle this problem, from obvious and
1991     inefficient to smart and efficient.
1992     .PP
1993     In the following, a 60 second activity timeout is assumed \- a timeout that
1994     gets reset to 60 seconds each time there is activity (e.g. each time some
1995     data or other life sign was received).
1996     .IP "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity." 4
1997     .IX Item "1. Use a timer and stop, reinitialise and start it on activity."
1998     This is the most obvious, but not the most simple way: In the beginning,
1999     start the watcher:
2000     .Sp
2001     .Vb 2
2002     \& ev_timer_init (timer, callback, 60., 0.);
2003     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2004     .Ve
2005     .Sp
2006     Then, each time there is some activity, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR it, initialise it
2007     and start it again:
2008     .Sp
2009     .Vb 3
2010     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, timer);
2011     \& ev_timer_set (timer, 60., 0.);
2012     \& ev_timer_start (loop, timer);
2013     .Ve
2014     .Sp
2015     This is relatively simple to implement, but means that each time there is
2016     some activity, libev will first have to remove the timer from its internal
2017     data structure and then add it again. Libev tries to be fast, but it's
2018     still not a constant-time operation.
2019     .ie n .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ""ev_timer_again"" inactivity." 4
2020     .el .IP "2. Use a timer and re-start it with \f(CWev_timer_again\fR inactivity." 4
2021     .IX Item "2. Use a timer and re-start it with ev_timer_again inactivity."
2022     This is the easiest way, and involves using \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR instead of
2023     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2024     .Sp
2025     To implement this, configure an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR with a \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value
2026     of \f(CW60\fR and then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR at start and each time you
2027     successfully read or write some data. If you go into an idle state where
2028     you do not expect data to travel on the socket, you can \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR
2029     the timer, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR will automatically restart it if need be.
2030     .Sp
2031     That means you can ignore both the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR function and the
2032     \&\f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR argument to \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set\*(C'\fR, and only ever use the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2033     member and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR.
2034     .Sp
2035     At start:
2036     .Sp
2037     .Vb 3
2038 root 1.79 \& ev_init (timer, callback);
2039 root 1.73 \& timer\->repeat = 60.;
2040     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2041     .Ve
2042     .Sp
2043     Each time there is some activity:
2044     .Sp
2045     .Vb 1
2046     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2047     .Ve
2048     .Sp
2049     It is even possible to change the time-out on the fly, regardless of
2050     whether the watcher is active or not:
2051     .Sp
2052     .Vb 2
2053     \& timer\->repeat = 30.;
2054     \& ev_timer_again (loop, timer);
2055     .Ve
2056     .Sp
2057     This is slightly more efficient then stopping/starting the timer each time
2058     you want to modify its timeout value, as libev does not have to completely
2059     remove and re-insert the timer from/into its internal data structure.
2060     .Sp
2061     It is, however, even simpler than the \*(L"obvious\*(R" way to do it.
2062     .IP "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required." 4
2063     .IX Item "3. Let the timer time out, but then re-arm it as required."
2064     This method is more tricky, but usually most efficient: Most timeouts are
2065     relatively long compared to the intervals between other activity \- in
2066     our example, within 60 seconds, there are usually many I/O events with
2067     associated activity resets.
2068     .Sp
2069     In this case, it would be more efficient to leave the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR alone,
2070     but remember the time of last activity, and check for a real timeout only
2071     within the callback:
2072     .Sp
2073 root 1.88 .Vb 3
2074     \& ev_tstamp timeout = 60.;
2075 root 1.73 \& ev_tstamp last_activity; // time of last activity
2076 root 1.88 \& ev_timer timer;
2077 root 1.73 \&
2078     \& static void
2079     \& callback (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
2080     \& {
2081 root 1.88 \& // calculate when the timeout would happen
2082     \& ev_tstamp after = last_activity \- ev_now (EV_A) + timeout;
2083 root 1.73 \&
2084 root 1.93 \& // if negative, it means we the timeout already occurred
2085 root 1.88 \& if (after < 0.)
2086 root 1.73 \& {
2087 root 1.82 \& // timeout occurred, take action
2088 root 1.73 \& }
2089     \& else
2090     \& {
2091 root 1.88 \& // callback was invoked, but there was some recent
2092     \& // activity. simply restart the timer to time out
2093     \& // after "after" seconds, which is the earliest time
2094     \& // the timeout can occur.
2095     \& ev_timer_set (w, after, 0.);
2096     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ w);
2097 root 1.73 \& }
2098     \& }
2099     .Ve
2100     .Sp
2101 root 1.88 To summarise the callback: first calculate in how many seconds the
2102     timeout will occur (by calculating the absolute time when it would occur,
2103     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity + timeout\*(C'\fR, and subtracting the current time, \f(CW\*(C`ev_now
2104     (EV_A)\*(C'\fR from that).
2105     .Sp
2106     If this value is negative, then we are already past the timeout, i.e. we
2107     timed out, and need to do whatever is needed in this case.
2108     .Sp
2109     Otherwise, we now the earliest time at which the timeout would trigger,
2110     and simply start the timer with this timeout value.
2111     .Sp
2112     In other words, each time the callback is invoked it will check whether
2113 root 1.93 the timeout occurred. If not, it will simply reschedule itself to check
2114 root 1.88 again at the earliest time it could time out. Rinse. Repeat.
2115 root 1.73 .Sp
2116     This scheme causes more callback invocations (about one every 60 seconds
2117     minus half the average time between activity), but virtually no calls to
2118     libev to change the timeout.
2119     .Sp
2120 root 1.88 To start the machinery, simply initialise the watcher and set
2121     \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR to the current time (meaning there was some activity just
2122     now), then call the callback, which will \*(L"do the right thing\*(R" and start
2123     the timer:
2124 root 1.73 .Sp
2125     .Vb 3
2126 root 1.88 \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2127     \& ev_init (&timer, callback);
2128     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2129 root 1.73 .Ve
2130     .Sp
2131 root 1.88 When there is some activity, simply store the current time in
2132 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`last_activity\*(C'\fR, no libev calls at all:
2133     .Sp
2134 root 1.88 .Vb 2
2135     \& if (activity detected)
2136     \& last_activity = ev_now (EV_A);
2137     .Ve
2138     .Sp
2139     When your timeout value changes, then the timeout can be changed by simply
2140     providing a new value, stopping the timer and calling the callback, which
2141 root 1.93 will again do the right thing (for example, time out immediately :).
2142 root 1.88 .Sp
2143     .Vb 3
2144     \& timeout = new_value;
2145     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &timer);
2146     \& callback (EV_A_ &timer, 0);
2147 root 1.73 .Ve
2148     .Sp
2149     This technique is slightly more complex, but in most cases where the
2150     time-out is unlikely to be triggered, much more efficient.
2151     .IP "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts." 4
2152     .IX Item "4. Wee, just use a double-linked list for your timeouts."
2153     If there is not one request, but many thousands (millions...), all
2154     employing some kind of timeout with the same timeout value, then one can
2155     do even better:
2156     .Sp
2157     When starting the timeout, calculate the timeout value and put the timeout
2158     at the \fIend\fR of the list.
2159     .Sp
2160     Then use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR to fire when the timeout at the \fIbeginning\fR of
2161     the list is expected to fire (for example, using the technique #3).
2162     .Sp
2163     When there is some activity, remove the timer from the list, recalculate
2164     the timeout, append it to the end of the list again, and make sure to
2165     update the \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR if it was taken from the beginning of the list.
2166     .Sp
2167     This way, one can manage an unlimited number of timeouts in O(1) time for
2168     starting, stopping and updating the timers, at the expense of a major
2169     complication, and having to use a constant timeout. The constant timeout
2170     ensures that the list stays sorted.
2171     .PP
2172     So which method the best?
2173     .PP
2174     Method #2 is a simple no-brain-required solution that is adequate in most
2175     situations. Method #3 requires a bit more thinking, but handles many cases
2176     better, and isn't very complicated either. In most case, choosing either
2177     one is fine, with #3 being better in typical situations.
2178     .PP
2179     Method #1 is almost always a bad idea, and buys you nothing. Method #4 is
2180     rather complicated, but extremely efficient, something that really pays
2181     off after the first million or so of active timers, i.e. it's usually
2182     overkill :)
2183     .PP
2184 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of being too early\fR
2185     .IX Subsection "The special problem of being too early"
2186     .PP
2187     If you ask a timer to call your callback after three seconds, then
2188     you expect it to be invoked after three seconds \- but of course, this
2189     cannot be guaranteed to infinite precision. Less obviously, it cannot be
2190     guaranteed to any precision by libev \- imagine somebody suspending the
2191     process with a \s-1STOP\s0 signal for a few hours for example.
2192     .PP
2193     So, libev tries to invoke your callback as soon as possible \fIafter\fR the
2194     delay has occurred, but cannot guarantee this.
2195     .PP
2196     A less obvious failure mode is calling your callback too early: many event
2197     loops compare timestamps with a \*(L"elapsed delay >= requested delay\*(R", but
2198     this can cause your callback to be invoked much earlier than you would
2199     expect.
2200     .PP
2201     To see why, imagine a system with a clock that only offers full second
2202     resolution (think windows if you can't come up with a broken enough \s-1OS\s0
2203     yourself). If you schedule a one-second timer at the time 500.9, then the
2204     event loop will schedule your timeout to elapse at a system time of 500
2205     (500.9 truncated to the resolution) + 1, or 501.
2206     .PP
2207     If an event library looks at the timeout 0.1s later, it will see \*(L"501 >=
2208     501\*(R" and invoke the callback 0.1s after it was started, even though a
2209     one-second delay was requested \- this is being \*(L"too early\*(R", despite best
2210     intentions.
2211     .PP
2212     This is the reason why libev will never invoke the callback if the elapsed
2213     delay equals the requested delay, but only when the elapsed delay is
2214     larger than the requested delay. In the example above, libev would only invoke
2215     the callback at system time 502, or 1.1s after the timer was started.
2216     .PP
2217     So, while libev cannot guarantee that your callback will be invoked
2218     exactly when requested, it \fIcan\fR and \fIdoes\fR guarantee that the requested
2219     delay has actually elapsed, or in other words, it always errs on the \*(L"too
2220     late\*(R" side of things.
2221     .PP
2222 root 1.71 \fIThe special problem of time updates\fR
2223     .IX Subsection "The special problem of time updates"
2224     .PP
2225 root 1.88 Establishing the current time is a costly operation (it usually takes
2226     at least one system call): \s-1EV\s0 therefore updates its idea of the current
2227 root 1.82 time only before and after \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR collects new events, which causes a
2228 root 1.71 growing difference between \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR when handling
2229     lots of events in one iteration.
2230     .PP
2231 root 1.1 The relative timeouts are calculated relative to the \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR
2232     time. This is usually the right thing as this timestamp refers to the time
2233 root 1.2 of the event triggering whatever timeout you are modifying/starting. If
2234 root 1.71 you suspect event processing to be delayed and you \fIneed\fR to base the
2235 root 1.102 timeout on the current time, use something like the following to adjust
2236     for it:
2237 root 1.1 .PP
2238     .Vb 1
2239 root 1.102 \& ev_timer_set (&timer, after + (ev_time () \- ev_now ()), 0.);
2240 root 1.1 .Ve
2241 root 1.2 .PP
2242 root 1.71 If the event loop is suspended for a long time, you can also force an
2243     update of the time returned by \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_now_update
2244 root 1.102 ()\*(C'\fR, although that will push the event time of all outstanding events
2245     further into the future.
2246 root 1.50 .PP
2247 root 1.88 \fIThe special problem of unsynchronised clocks\fR
2248     .IX Subsection "The special problem of unsynchronised clocks"
2249     .PP
2250     Modern systems have a variety of clocks \- libev itself uses the normal
2251     \&\*(L"wall clock\*(R" clock and, if available, the monotonic clock (to avoid time
2252     jumps).
2253     .PP
2254     Neither of these clocks is synchronised with each other or any other clock
2255     on the system, so \f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR might return a considerably different time
2256     than \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday ()\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR. On a GNU/Linux system, for example,
2257     a call to \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a second count that is one higher
2258     than a directly following call to \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR.
2259     .PP
2260     The moral of this is to only compare libev-related timestamps with
2261     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_time ()\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_now ()\*(C'\fR, at least if you want better precision than
2262     a second or so.
2263     .PP
2264     One more problem arises due to this lack of synchronisation: if libev uses
2265     the system monotonic clock and you compare timestamps from \f(CW\*(C`ev_time\*(C'\fR
2266     or \f(CW\*(C`ev_now\*(C'\fR from when you started your timer and when your callback is
2267     invoked, you will find that sometimes the callback is a bit \*(L"early\*(R".
2268     .PP
2269     This is because \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs work in real time, not wall clock time, so
2270     libev makes sure your callback is not invoked before the delay happened,
2271     \&\fImeasured according to the real time\fR, not the system clock.
2272     .PP
2273     If your timeouts are based on a physical timescale (e.g. \*(L"time out this
2274     connection after 100 seconds\*(R") then this shouldn't bother you as it is
2275     exactly the right behaviour.
2276     .PP
2277     If you want to compare wall clock/system timestamps to your timers, then
2278     you need to use \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fRs, as these are based on the wall clock
2279     time, where your comparisons will always generate correct results.
2280     .PP
2281 root 1.79 \fIThe special problems of suspended animation\fR
2282     .IX Subsection "The special problems of suspended animation"
2283     .PP
2284     When you leave the server world it is quite customary to hit machines that
2285     can suspend/hibernate \- what happens to the clocks during such a suspend?
2286     .PP
2287     Some quick tests made with a Linux 2.6.28 indicate that a suspend freezes
2288     all processes, while the clocks (\f(CW\*(C`times\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`CLOCK_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR) continue
2289     to run until the system is suspended, but they will not advance while the
2290     system is suspended. That means, on resume, it will be as if the program
2291     was frozen for a few seconds, but the suspend time will not be counted
2292     towards \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR when a monotonic clock source is used. The real time
2293     clock advanced as expected, but if it is used as sole clocksource, then a
2294     long suspend would be detected as a time jump by libev, and timers would
2295     be adjusted accordingly.
2296     .PP
2297     I would not be surprised to see different behaviour in different between
2298     operating systems, \s-1OS\s0 versions or even different hardware.
2299     .PP
2300     The other form of suspend (job control, or sending a \s-1SIGSTOP\s0) will see a
2301     time jump in the monotonic clocks and the realtime clock. If the program
2302     is suspended for a very long time, and monotonic clock sources are in use,
2303     then you can expect \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fRs to expire as the full suspension time
2304     will be counted towards the timers. When no monotonic clock source is in
2305     use, then libev will again assume a timejump and adjust accordingly.
2306     .PP
2307     It might be beneficial for this latter case to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_suspend\*(C'\fR
2308     and \f(CW\*(C`ev_resume\*(C'\fR in code that handles \f(CW\*(C`SIGTSTP\*(C'\fR, to at least get
2309     deterministic behaviour in this case (you can do nothing against
2310     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGSTOP\*(C'\fR).
2311     .PP
2312 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2313     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2314 root 1.1 .IP "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2315     .IX Item "ev_timer_init (ev_timer *, callback, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2316     .PD 0
2317     .IP "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)" 4
2318     .IX Item "ev_timer_set (ev_timer *, ev_tstamp after, ev_tstamp repeat)"
2319     .PD
2320 root 1.109 Configure the timer to trigger after \f(CW\*(C`after\*(C'\fR seconds (fractional and
2321     negative values are supported). If \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR is \f(CW0.\fR, then it will
2322     automatically be stopped once the timeout is reached. If it is positive,
2323     then the timer will automatically be configured to trigger again \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR
2324     seconds later, again, and again, until stopped manually.
2325 root 1.67 .Sp
2326     The timer itself will do a best-effort at avoiding drift, that is, if
2327     you configure a timer to trigger every 10 seconds, then it will normally
2328     trigger at exactly 10 second intervals. If, however, your program cannot
2329     keep up with the timer (because it takes longer than those 10 seconds to
2330     do stuff) the timer will not fire more than once per event loop iteration.
2331 root 1.61 .IP "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2332     .IX Item "ev_timer_again (loop, ev_timer *)"
2333 root 1.88 This will act as if the timer timed out, and restarts it again if it is
2334     repeating. It basically works like calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_stop\*(C'\fR, updating the
2335     timeout to the \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value and calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_start\*(C'\fR.
2336 root 1.1 .Sp
2337 root 1.88 The exact semantics are as in the following rules, all of which will be
2338     applied to the watcher:
2339     .RS 4
2340     .IP "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared." 4
2341     .IX Item "If the timer is pending, the pending status is always cleared."
2342     .PD 0
2343     .IP "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)." 4
2344     .IX Item "If the timer is started but non-repeating, stop it (as if it timed out, without invoking it)."
2345     .ie n .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the ""repeat"" value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2346     .el .IP "If the timer is repeating, make the \f(CWrepeat\fR value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary." 4
2347     .IX Item "If the timer is repeating, make the repeat value the new timeout and start the timer, if necessary."
2348     .RE
2349     .RS 4
2350     .PD
2351 root 1.1 .Sp
2352 root 1.73 This sounds a bit complicated, see \*(L"Be smart about timeouts\*(R", above, for a
2353     usage example.
2354 root 1.88 .RE
2355 root 1.81 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)" 4
2356     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_timer_remaining (loop, ev_timer *)"
2357 root 1.79 Returns the remaining time until a timer fires. If the timer is active,
2358     then this time is relative to the current event loop time, otherwise it's
2359     the timeout value currently configured.
2360     .Sp
2361     That is, after an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 5, 7)\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR returns
2362 root 1.82 \&\f(CW5\fR. When the timer is started and one second passes, \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_remaining\*(C'\fR
2363 root 1.79 will return \f(CW4\fR. When the timer expires and is restarted, it will return
2364     roughly \f(CW7\fR (likely slightly less as callback invocation takes some time,
2365     too), and so on.
2366 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp repeat [read\-write]" 4
2367     .IX Item "ev_tstamp repeat [read-write]"
2368     The current \f(CW\*(C`repeat\*(C'\fR value. Will be used each time the watcher times out
2369 root 1.71 or \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_again\*(C'\fR is called, and determines the next timeout (if any),
2370 root 1.22 which is also when any modifications are taken into account.
2371 root 1.9 .PP
2372 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2373     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2374     .PP
2375 root 1.28 Example: Create a timer that fires after 60 seconds.
2376 root 1.9 .PP
2377     .Vb 5
2378 root 1.68 \& static void
2379 root 1.73 \& one_minute_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2380 root 1.68 \& {
2381     \& .. one minute over, w is actually stopped right here
2382     \& }
2383     \&
2384 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2385 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, one_minute_cb, 60., 0.);
2386     \& ev_timer_start (loop, &mytimer);
2387 root 1.9 .Ve
2388     .PP
2389 root 1.28 Example: Create a timeout timer that times out after 10 seconds of
2390 root 1.9 inactivity.
2391     .PP
2392     .Vb 5
2393 root 1.68 \& static void
2394 root 1.73 \& timeout_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_timer *w, int revents)
2395 root 1.68 \& {
2396     \& .. ten seconds without any activity
2397     \& }
2398     \&
2399 root 1.73 \& ev_timer mytimer;
2400 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_init (&mytimer, timeout_cb, 0., 10.); /* note, only repeat used */
2401     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer); /* start timer */
2402 root 1.82 \& ev_run (loop, 0);
2403 root 1.68 \&
2404     \& // and in some piece of code that gets executed on any "activity":
2405     \& // reset the timeout to start ticking again at 10 seconds
2406     \& ev_timer_again (&mytimer);
2407 root 1.9 .Ve
2408 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_periodic"" \- to cron or not to cron?"
2409     .el .SS "\f(CWev_periodic\fP \- to cron or not to cron?"
2410 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_periodic - to cron or not to cron?"
2411 root 1.1 Periodic watchers are also timers of a kind, but they are very versatile
2412     (and unfortunately a bit complex).
2413     .PP
2414 root 1.78 Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, periodic watchers are not based on real time (or
2415     relative time, the physical time that passes) but on wall clock time
2416 root 1.105 (absolute time, the thing you can read on your calendar or clock). The
2417 root 1.78 difference is that wall clock time can run faster or slower than real
2418     time, and time jumps are not uncommon (e.g. when you adjust your
2419     wrist-watch).
2420     .PP
2421     You can tell a periodic watcher to trigger after some specific point
2422     in time: for example, if you tell a periodic watcher to trigger \*(L"in 10
2423     seconds\*(R" (by specifying e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_now () + 10.\*(C'\fR, that is, an absolute time
2424     not a delay) and then reset your system clock to January of the previous
2425     year, then it will take a year or more to trigger the event (unlike an
2426     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR, which would still trigger roughly 10 seconds after starting
2427     it, as it uses a relative timeout).
2428     .PP
2429     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR watchers can also be used to implement vastly more complex
2430     timers, such as triggering an event on each \*(L"midnight, local time\*(R", or
2431 root 1.109 other complicated rules. This cannot easily be done with \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR
2432     watchers, as those cannot react to time jumps.
2433 root 1.2 .PP
2434 root 1.68 As with timers, the callback is guaranteed to be invoked only when the
2435 root 1.78 point in time where it is supposed to trigger has passed. If multiple
2436     timers become ready during the same loop iteration then the ones with
2437     earlier time-out values are invoked before ones with later time-out values
2438 root 1.82 (but this is no longer true when a callback calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR recursively).
2439 root 1.50 .PP
2440     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2441     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2442 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2443     .IX Item "ev_periodic_init (ev_periodic *, callback, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2444 root 1.1 .PD 0
2445 root 1.78 .IP "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)" 4
2446     .IX Item "ev_periodic_set (ev_periodic *, ev_tstamp offset, ev_tstamp interval, reschedule_cb)"
2447 root 1.1 .PD
2448 root 1.78 Lots of arguments, let's sort it out... There are basically three modes of
2449 root 1.71 operation, and we will explain them from simplest to most complex:
2450 root 1.1 .RS 4
2451 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2452 root 1.78 absolute timer (offset = absolute time, interval = 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2453 root 1.60 .Sp
2454 root 1.68 In this configuration the watcher triggers an event after the wall clock
2455 root 1.78 time \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR has passed. It will not repeat and will not adjust when a
2456     time jump occurs, that is, if it is to be run at January 1st 2011 then it
2457     will be stopped and invoked when the system clock reaches or surpasses
2458     this point in time.
2459 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2460 root 1.78 repeating interval timer (offset = offset within interval, interval > 0, reschedule_cb = 0)
2461 root 1.60 .Sp
2462 root 1.1 In this mode the watcher will always be scheduled to time out at the next
2463 root 1.78 \&\f(CW\*(C`offset + N * interval\*(C'\fR time (for some integer N, which can also be
2464     negative) and then repeat, regardless of any time jumps. The \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR
2465     argument is merely an offset into the \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR periods.
2466 root 1.1 .Sp
2467 root 1.71 This can be used to create timers that do not drift with respect to the
2468 root 1.78 system clock, for example, here is an \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR that triggers each
2469     hour, on the hour (with respect to \s-1UTC\s0):
2470 root 1.1 .Sp
2471     .Vb 1
2472     \& ev_periodic_set (&periodic, 0., 3600., 0);
2473     .Ve
2474     .Sp
2475     This doesn't mean there will always be 3600 seconds in between triggers,
2476 root 1.68 but only that the callback will be called when the system time shows a
2477 root 1.1 full hour (\s-1UTC\s0), or more correctly, when the system time is evenly divisible
2478     by 3600.
2479     .Sp
2480     Another way to think about it (for the mathematically inclined) is that
2481     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR will try to run the callback in this mode at the next possible
2482 root 1.78 time where \f(CW\*(C`time = offset (mod interval)\*(C'\fR, regardless of any time jumps.
2483 root 1.46 .Sp
2484 root 1.88 The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR \fI\s-1MUST\s0\fR be positive, and for numerical stability, the
2485     interval value should be higher than \f(CW\*(C`1/8192\*(C'\fR (which is around 100
2486     microseconds) and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR should be higher than \f(CW0\fR and should have
2487     at most a similar magnitude as the current time (say, within a factor of
2488     ten). Typical values for offset are, in fact, \f(CW0\fR or something between
2489     \&\f(CW0\fR and \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR, which is also the recommended range.
2490 root 1.67 .Sp
2491 root 1.68 Note also that there is an upper limit to how often a timer can fire (\s-1CPU\s0
2492 root 1.67 speed for example), so if \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is very small then timing stability
2493 root 1.68 will of course deteriorate. Libev itself tries to be exact to be about one
2494 root 1.67 millisecond (if the \s-1OS\s0 supports it and the machine is fast enough).
2495 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
2496 root 1.78 manual reschedule mode (offset ignored, interval ignored, reschedule_cb = callback)
2497 root 1.60 .Sp
2498 root 1.78 In this mode the values for \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR are both being
2499 root 1.1 ignored. Instead, each time the periodic watcher gets scheduled, the
2500     reschedule callback will be called with the watcher as first, and the
2501     current time as second argument.
2502     .Sp
2503 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback \s-1MUST NOT\s0 stop or destroy any periodic watcher, ever,
2504 root 1.78 or make \s-1ANY\s0 other event loop modifications whatsoever, unless explicitly
2505     allowed by documentation here\fR.
2506 root 1.67 .Sp
2507     If you need to stop it, return \f(CW\*(C`now + 1e30\*(C'\fR (or so, fudge fudge) and stop
2508     it afterwards (e.g. by starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher, which is the
2509     only event loop modification you are allowed to do).
2510 root 1.1 .Sp
2511 root 1.73 The callback prototype is \f(CW\*(C`ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic
2512 root 1.67 *w, ev_tstamp now)\*(C'\fR, e.g.:
2513 root 1.1 .Sp
2514 root 1.73 .Vb 5
2515     \& static ev_tstamp
2516     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2517 root 1.1 \& {
2518     \& return now + 60.;
2519     \& }
2520     .Ve
2521     .Sp
2522     It must return the next time to trigger, based on the passed time value
2523     (that is, the lowest time value larger than to the second argument). It
2524     will usually be called just before the callback will be triggered, but
2525     might be called at other times, too.
2526     .Sp
2527 root 1.110 \&\s-1NOTE:\s0 \fIThis callback must always return a time that is higher than or
2528 root 1.67 equal to the passed \f(CI\*(C`now\*(C'\fI value\fR.
2529 root 1.1 .Sp
2530     This can be used to create very complex timers, such as a timer that
2531 root 1.109 triggers on \*(L"next midnight, local time\*(R". To do this, you would calculate
2532     the next midnight after \f(CW\*(C`now\*(C'\fR and return the timestamp value for
2533     this. Here is a (completely untested, no error checking) example on how to
2534     do this:
2535     .Sp
2536     .Vb 1
2537     \& #include <time.h>
2538     \&
2539     \& static ev_tstamp
2540     \& my_rescheduler (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2541     \& {
2542     \& time_t tnow = (time_t)now;
2543     \& struct tm tm;
2544     \& localtime_r (&tnow, &tm);
2545     \&
2546     \& tm.tm_sec = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_hour = 0; // midnight current day
2547     \& ++tm.tm_mday; // midnight next day
2548     \&
2549     \& return mktime (&tm);
2550     \& }
2551     .Ve
2552     .Sp
2553     Note: this code might run into trouble on days that have more then two
2554     midnights (beginning and end).
2555 root 1.1 .RE
2556     .RS 4
2557     .RE
2558     .IP "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)" 4
2559     .IX Item "ev_periodic_again (loop, ev_periodic *)"
2560     Simply stops and restarts the periodic watcher again. This is only useful
2561     when you changed some parameters or the reschedule callback would return
2562     a different time than the last time it was called (e.g. in a crond like
2563     program when the crontabs have changed).
2564 root 1.65 .IP "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)" 4
2565     .IX Item "ev_tstamp ev_periodic_at (ev_periodic *)"
2566 root 1.78 When active, returns the absolute time that the watcher is supposed
2567     to trigger next. This is not the same as the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR argument to
2568     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR, but indeed works even in interval and manual
2569     rescheduling modes.
2570 root 1.46 .IP "ev_tstamp offset [read\-write]" 4
2571     .IX Item "ev_tstamp offset [read-write]"
2572     When repeating, this contains the offset value, otherwise this is the
2573 root 1.78 absolute point in time (the \f(CW\*(C`offset\*(C'\fR value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_set\*(C'\fR,
2574     although libev might modify this value for better numerical stability).
2575 root 1.46 .Sp
2576     Can be modified any time, but changes only take effect when the periodic
2577     timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2578 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-write]" 4
2579     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-write]"
2580     The current interval value. Can be modified any time, but changes only
2581     take effect when the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being
2582     called.
2583 root 1.73 .IP "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read\-write]" 4
2584     .IX Item "ev_tstamp (*reschedule_cb)(ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now) [read-write]"
2585 root 1.22 The current reschedule callback, or \f(CW0\fR, if this functionality is
2586     switched off. Can be changed any time, but changes only take effect when
2587     the periodic timer fires or \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic_again\*(C'\fR is being called.
2588 root 1.9 .PP
2589 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2590     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2591     .PP
2592 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, or, more precisely, whenever the
2593 root 1.71 system time is divisible by 3600. The callback invocation times have
2594 root 1.68 potentially a lot of jitter, but good long-term stability.
2595 root 1.9 .PP
2596     .Vb 5
2597 root 1.68 \& static void
2598 root 1.82 \& clock_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_periodic *w, int revents)
2599 root 1.68 \& {
2600     \& ... its now a full hour (UTC, or TAI or whatever your clock follows)
2601     \& }
2602     \&
2603 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2604 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 3600., 0);
2605     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2606 root 1.9 .Ve
2607     .PP
2608 root 1.28 Example: The same as above, but use a reschedule callback to do it:
2609 root 1.9 .PP
2610     .Vb 1
2611 root 1.68 \& #include <math.h>
2612 root 1.60 \&
2613 root 1.68 \& static ev_tstamp
2614 root 1.73 \& my_scheduler_cb (ev_periodic *w, ev_tstamp now)
2615 root 1.68 \& {
2616 root 1.71 \& return now + (3600. \- fmod (now, 3600.));
2617 root 1.68 \& }
2618 root 1.60 \&
2619 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb, 0., 0., my_scheduler_cb);
2620 root 1.9 .Ve
2621     .PP
2622 root 1.28 Example: Call a callback every hour, starting now:
2623 root 1.9 .PP
2624     .Vb 4
2625 root 1.73 \& ev_periodic hourly_tick;
2626 root 1.68 \& ev_periodic_init (&hourly_tick, clock_cb,
2627     \& fmod (ev_now (loop), 3600.), 3600., 0);
2628     \& ev_periodic_start (loop, &hourly_tick);
2629 root 1.9 .Ve
2630 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_signal"" \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2631     .el .SS "\f(CWev_signal\fP \- signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2632 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_signal - signal me when a signal gets signalled!"
2633 root 1.1 Signal watchers will trigger an event when the process receives a specific
2634     signal one or more times. Even though signals are very asynchronous, libev
2635 root 1.84 will try its best to deliver signals synchronously, i.e. as part of the
2636 root 1.1 normal event processing, like any other event.
2637     .PP
2638 root 1.80 If you want signals to be delivered truly asynchronously, just use
2639     \&\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR as you would do without libev and forget about sharing
2640     the signal. You can even use \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR from a signal handler to
2641     synchronously wake up an event loop.
2642     .PP
2643     You can configure as many watchers as you like for the same signal, but
2644     only within the same loop, i.e. you can watch for \f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in your
2645     default loop and for \f(CW\*(C`SIGIO\*(C'\fR in another loop, but you cannot watch for
2646     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGINT\*(C'\fR in both the default loop and another loop at the same time. At
2647     the moment, \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is permanently tied to the default loop.
2648 root 1.71 .PP
2649 root 1.101 Only after the first watcher for a signal is started will libev actually
2650     register something with the kernel. It thus coexists with your own signal
2651     handlers as long as you don't register any with libev for the same signal.
2652 root 1.80 .PP
2653 root 1.61 If possible and supported, libev will install its handlers with
2654 root 1.80 \&\f(CW\*(C`SA_RESTART\*(C'\fR (or equivalent) behaviour enabled, so system calls should
2655     not be unduly interrupted. If you have a problem with system calls getting
2656     interrupted by signals you can block all signals in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher
2657     and unblock them in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watcher.
2658 root 1.61 .PP
2659 root 1.81 \fIThe special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create\fR
2660     .IX Subsection "The special problem of inheritance over fork/execve/pthread_create"
2661     .PP
2662     Both the signal mask (\f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR) and the signal disposition
2663     (\f(CW\*(C`sigaction\*(C'\fR) are unspecified after starting a signal watcher (and after
2664     stopping it again), that is, libev might or might not block the signal,
2665 root 1.86 and might or might not set or restore the installed signal handler (but
2666     see \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR).
2667 root 1.81 .PP
2668     While this does not matter for the signal disposition (libev never
2669     sets signals to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_IGN\*(C'\fR, so handlers will be reset to \f(CW\*(C`SIG_DFL\*(C'\fR on
2670     \&\f(CW\*(C`execve\*(C'\fR), this matters for the signal mask: many programs do not expect
2671     certain signals to be blocked.
2672     .PP
2673     This means that before calling \f(CW\*(C`exec\*(C'\fR (from the child) you should reset
2674     the signal mask to whatever \*(L"default\*(R" you expect (all clear is a good
2675     choice usually).
2676     .PP
2677     The simplest way to ensure that the signal mask is reset in the child is
2678     to install a fork handler with \f(CW\*(C`pthread_atfork\*(C'\fR that resets it. That will
2679     catch fork calls done by libraries (such as the libc) as well.
2680     .PP
2681     In current versions of libev, the signal will not be blocked indefinitely
2682 root 1.110 unless you use the \f(CW\*(C`signalfd\*(C'\fR \s-1API\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`EV_SIGNALFD\*(C'\fR). While this reduces
2683 root 1.81 the window of opportunity for problems, it will not go away, as libev
2684     \&\fIhas\fR to modify the signal mask, at least temporarily.
2685     .PP
2686     So I can't stress this enough: \fIIf you do not reset your signal mask when
2687     you expect it to be empty, you have a race condition in your code\fR. This
2688     is not a libev-specific thing, this is true for most event libraries.
2689     .PP
2690 root 1.85 \fIThe special problem of threads signal handling\fR
2691     .IX Subsection "The special problem of threads signal handling"
2692     .PP
2693     \&\s-1POSIX\s0 threads has problematic signal handling semantics, specifically,
2694     a lot of functionality (sigfd, sigwait etc.) only really works if all
2695     threads in a process block signals, which is hard to achieve.
2696     .PP
2697     When you want to use sigwait (or mix libev signal handling with your own
2698     for the same signals), you can tackle this problem by globally blocking
2699     all signals before creating any threads (or creating them with a fully set
2700     sigprocmask) and also specifying the \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOSIGMASK\*(C'\fR when creating
2701     loops. Then designate one thread as \*(L"signal receiver thread\*(R" which handles
2702     these signals. You can pass on any signals that libev might be interested
2703     in by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR.
2704     .PP
2705 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2706     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2707 root 1.1 .IP "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)" 4
2708     .IX Item "ev_signal_init (ev_signal *, callback, int signum)"
2709     .PD 0
2710     .IP "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)" 4
2711     .IX Item "ev_signal_set (ev_signal *, int signum)"
2712     .PD
2713     Configures the watcher to trigger on the given signal number (usually one
2714     of the \f(CW\*(C`SIGxxx\*(C'\fR constants).
2715 root 1.22 .IP "int signum [read\-only]" 4
2716     .IX Item "int signum [read-only]"
2717     The signal the watcher watches out for.
2718 root 1.61 .PP
2719     \fIExamples\fR
2720     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2721     .PP
2722 root 1.100 Example: Try to exit cleanly on \s-1SIGINT.\s0
2723 root 1.61 .PP
2724     .Vb 5
2725 root 1.68 \& static void
2726 root 1.73 \& sigint_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_signal *w, int revents)
2727 root 1.68 \& {
2728 root 1.82 \& ev_break (loop, EVBREAK_ALL);
2729 root 1.68 \& }
2730     \&
2731 root 1.73 \& ev_signal signal_watcher;
2732 root 1.68 \& ev_signal_init (&signal_watcher, sigint_cb, SIGINT);
2733 root 1.72 \& ev_signal_start (loop, &signal_watcher);
2734 root 1.61 .Ve
2735 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_child"" \- watch out for process status changes"
2736     .el .SS "\f(CWev_child\fP \- watch out for process status changes"
2737 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_child - watch out for process status changes"
2738 root 1.1 Child watchers trigger when your process receives a \s-1SIGCHLD\s0 in response to
2739 root 1.71 some child status changes (most typically when a child of yours dies or
2740     exits). It is permissible to install a child watcher \fIafter\fR the child
2741     has been forked (which implies it might have already exited), as long
2742     as the event loop isn't entered (or is continued from a watcher), i.e.,
2743     forking and then immediately registering a watcher for the child is fine,
2744 root 1.79 but forking and registering a watcher a few event loop iterations later or
2745     in the next callback invocation is not.
2746 root 1.61 .PP
2747     Only the default event loop is capable of handling signals, and therefore
2748 root 1.68 you can only register child watchers in the default event loop.
2749 root 1.61 .PP
2750 root 1.79 Due to some design glitches inside libev, child watchers will always be
2751     handled at maximum priority (their priority is set to \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR by
2752     libev)
2753     .PP
2754 root 1.61 \fIProcess Interaction\fR
2755     .IX Subsection "Process Interaction"
2756     .PP
2757     Libev grabs \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR as soon as the default event loop is
2758 root 1.80 initialised. This is necessary to guarantee proper behaviour even if the
2759     first child watcher is started after the child exits. The occurrence
2760 root 1.61 of \f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR is recorded asynchronously, but child reaping is done
2761     synchronously as part of the event loop processing. Libev always reaps all
2762     children, even ones not watched.
2763     .PP
2764     \fIOverriding the Built-In Processing\fR
2765     .IX Subsection "Overriding the Built-In Processing"
2766     .PP
2767     Libev offers no special support for overriding the built-in child
2768     processing, but if your application collides with libev's default child
2769     handler, you can override it easily by installing your own handler for
2770     \&\f(CW\*(C`SIGCHLD\*(C'\fR after initialising the default loop, and making sure the
2771     default loop never gets destroyed. You are encouraged, however, to use an
2772     event-based approach to child reaping and thus use libev's support for
2773     that, so other libev users can use \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers freely.
2774 root 1.50 .PP
2775 root 1.71 \fIStopping the Child Watcher\fR
2776     .IX Subsection "Stopping the Child Watcher"
2777     .PP
2778     Currently, the child watcher never gets stopped, even when the
2779     child terminates, so normally one needs to stop the watcher in the
2780     callback. Future versions of libev might stop the watcher automatically
2781 root 1.80 when a child exit is detected (calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_child_stop\*(C'\fR twice is not a
2782     problem).
2783 root 1.71 .PP
2784 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2785     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2786 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)" 4
2787     .IX Item "ev_child_init (ev_child *, callback, int pid, int trace)"
2788 root 1.1 .PD 0
2789 root 1.60 .IP "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)" 4
2790     .IX Item "ev_child_set (ev_child *, int pid, int trace)"
2791 root 1.1 .PD
2792     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of process \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR (or
2793     \&\fIany\fR process if \f(CW\*(C`pid\*(C'\fR is specified as \f(CW0\fR). The callback can look
2794     at the \f(CW\*(C`rstatus\*(C'\fR member of the \f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watcher structure to see
2795     the status word (use the macros from \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR and see your systems
2796     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR documentation). The \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR member contains the pid of the
2797 root 1.60 process causing the status change. \f(CW\*(C`trace\*(C'\fR must be either \f(CW0\fR (only
2798     activate the watcher when the process terminates) or \f(CW1\fR (additionally
2799     activate the watcher when the process is stopped or continued).
2800 root 1.22 .IP "int pid [read\-only]" 4
2801     .IX Item "int pid [read-only]"
2802     The process id this watcher watches out for, or \f(CW0\fR, meaning any process id.
2803     .IP "int rpid [read\-write]" 4
2804     .IX Item "int rpid [read-write]"
2805     The process id that detected a status change.
2806     .IP "int rstatus [read\-write]" 4
2807     .IX Item "int rstatus [read-write]"
2808     The process exit/trace status caused by \f(CW\*(C`rpid\*(C'\fR (see your systems
2809     \&\f(CW\*(C`waitpid\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`sys/wait.h\*(C'\fR documentation for details).
2810 root 1.9 .PP
2811 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
2812     .IX Subsection "Examples"
2813     .PP
2814 root 1.61 Example: \f(CW\*(C`fork()\*(C'\fR a new process and install a child handler to wait for
2815     its completion.
2816 root 1.9 .PP
2817 root 1.61 .Vb 1
2818 root 1.68 \& ev_child cw;
2819 root 1.61 \&
2820 root 1.68 \& static void
2821 root 1.73 \& child_cb (EV_P_ ev_child *w, int revents)
2822 root 1.68 \& {
2823     \& ev_child_stop (EV_A_ w);
2824     \& printf ("process %d exited with status %x\en", w\->rpid, w\->rstatus);
2825     \& }
2826     \&
2827     \& pid_t pid = fork ();
2828     \&
2829     \& if (pid < 0)
2830     \& // error
2831     \& else if (pid == 0)
2832     \& {
2833     \& // the forked child executes here
2834     \& exit (1);
2835     \& }
2836     \& else
2837     \& {
2838     \& ev_child_init (&cw, child_cb, pid, 0);
2839     \& ev_child_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &cw);
2840     \& }
2841 root 1.9 .Ve
2842 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_stat"" \- did the file attributes just change?"
2843     .el .SS "\f(CWev_stat\fP \- did the file attributes just change?"
2844 root 1.22 .IX Subsection "ev_stat - did the file attributes just change?"
2845 root 1.68 This watches a file system path for attribute changes. That is, it calls
2846 root 1.73 \&\f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR on that path in regular intervals (or when the \s-1OS\s0 says it changed)
2847 root 1.97 and sees if it changed compared to the last time, invoking the callback
2848     if it did. Starting the watcher \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR's the file, so only changes that
2849     happen after the watcher has been started will be reported.
2850 root 1.22 .PP
2851     The path does not need to exist: changing from \*(L"path exists\*(R" to \*(L"path does
2852 root 1.74 not exist\*(R" is a status change like any other. The condition \*(L"path does not
2853     exist\*(R" (or more correctly \*(L"path cannot be stat'ed\*(R") is signified by the
2854     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR field being zero (which is otherwise always forced to be at
2855     least one) and all the other fields of the stat buffer having unspecified
2856     contents.
2857 root 1.22 .PP
2858 root 1.73 The path \fImust not\fR end in a slash or contain special components such as
2859     \&\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`..\*(C'\fR. The path \fIshould\fR be absolute: If it is relative and
2860     your working directory changes, then the behaviour is undefined.
2861     .PP
2862     Since there is no portable change notification interface available, the
2863     portable implementation simply calls \f(CWstat(2)\fR regularly on the path
2864     to see if it changed somehow. You can specify a recommended polling
2865     interval for this case. If you specify a polling interval of \f(CW0\fR (highly
2866     recommended!) then a \fIsuitable, unspecified default\fR value will be used
2867     (which you can expect to be around five seconds, although this might
2868     change dynamically). Libev will also impose a minimum interval which is
2869     currently around \f(CW0.1\fR, but that's usually overkill.
2870 root 1.22 .PP
2871     This watcher type is not meant for massive numbers of stat watchers,
2872     as even with OS-supported change notifications, this can be
2873 root 1.60 resource-intensive.
2874 root 1.22 .PP
2875 root 1.71 At the time of this writing, the only OS-specific interface implemented
2876 root 1.74 is the Linux inotify interface (implementing kqueue support is left as an
2877     exercise for the reader. Note, however, that the author sees no way of
2878     implementing \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR semantics with kqueue, except as a hint).
2879 root 1.50 .PP
2880 root 1.63 \fI\s-1ABI\s0 Issues (Largefile Support)\fR
2881     .IX Subsection "ABI Issues (Largefile Support)"
2882     .PP
2883     Libev by default (unless the user overrides this) uses the default
2884 root 1.69 compilation environment, which means that on systems with large file
2885     support disabled by default, you get the 32 bit version of the stat
2886 root 1.63 structure. When using the library from programs that change the \s-1ABI\s0 to
2887     use 64 bit file offsets the programs will fail. In that case you have to
2888     compile libev with the same flags to get binary compatibility. This is
2889 root 1.100 obviously the case with any flags that change the \s-1ABI,\s0 but the problem is
2890 root 1.73 most noticeably displayed with ev_stat and large file support.
2891 root 1.69 .PP
2892     The solution for this is to lobby your distribution maker to make large
2893     file interfaces available by default (as e.g. FreeBSD does) and not
2894     optional. Libev cannot simply switch on large file support because it has
2895     to exchange stat structures with application programs compiled using the
2896     default compilation environment.
2897 root 1.63 .PP
2898 root 1.71 \fIInotify and Kqueue\fR
2899     .IX Subsection "Inotify and Kqueue"
2900 root 1.59 .PP
2901 root 1.74 When \f(CW\*(C`inotify (7)\*(C'\fR support has been compiled into libev and present at
2902     runtime, it will be used to speed up change detection where possible. The
2903     inotify descriptor will be created lazily when the first \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR
2904     watcher is being started.
2905 root 1.59 .PP
2906 root 1.65 Inotify presence does not change the semantics of \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers
2907 root 1.59 except that changes might be detected earlier, and in some cases, to avoid
2908 root 1.65 making regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR calls. Even in the presence of inotify support
2909 root 1.71 there are many cases where libev has to resort to regular \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fR polling,
2910 root 1.74 but as long as kernel 2.6.25 or newer is used (2.6.24 and older have too
2911     many bugs), the path exists (i.e. stat succeeds), and the path resides on
2912     a local filesystem (libev currently assumes only ext2/3, jfs, reiserfs and
2913     xfs are fully working) libev usually gets away without polling.
2914 root 1.59 .PP
2915 root 1.71 There is no support for kqueue, as apparently it cannot be used to
2916 root 1.59 implement this functionality, due to the requirement of having a file
2917 root 1.71 descriptor open on the object at all times, and detecting renames, unlinks
2918     etc. is difficult.
2919 root 1.59 .PP
2920 root 1.74 \fI\f(CI\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fI is a synchronous operation\fR
2921     .IX Subsection "stat () is a synchronous operation"
2922     .PP
2923     Libev doesn't normally do any kind of I/O itself, and so is not blocking
2924     the process. The exception are \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers \- those call \f(CW\*(C`stat
2925     ()\*(C'\fR, which is a synchronous operation.
2926     .PP
2927     For local paths, this usually doesn't matter: unless the system is very
2928     busy or the intervals between stat's are large, a stat call will be fast,
2929 root 1.75 as the path data is usually in memory already (except when starting the
2930 root 1.74 watcher).
2931     .PP
2932     For networked file systems, calling \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR can block an indefinite
2933     time due to network issues, and even under good conditions, a stat call
2934     often takes multiple milliseconds.
2935     .PP
2936     Therefore, it is best to avoid using \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers on networked
2937     paths, although this is fully supported by libev.
2938     .PP
2939 root 1.59 \fIThe special problem of stat time resolution\fR
2940     .IX Subsection "The special problem of stat time resolution"
2941     .PP
2942 root 1.73 The \f(CW\*(C`stat ()\*(C'\fR system call only supports full-second resolution portably,
2943     and even on systems where the resolution is higher, most file systems
2944     still only support whole seconds.
2945 root 1.59 .PP
2946 root 1.65 That means that, if the time is the only thing that changes, you can
2947     easily miss updates: on the first update, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR detects a change and
2948     calls your callback, which does something. When there is another update
2949 root 1.71 within the same second, \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR will be unable to detect unless the
2950     stat data does change in other ways (e.g. file size).
2951 root 1.65 .PP
2952     The solution to this is to delay acting on a change for slightly more
2953 root 1.67 than a second (or till slightly after the next full second boundary), using
2954 root 1.65 a roughly one-second-delay \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR (e.g. \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer_set (w, 0., 1.02);
2955     ev_timer_again (loop, w)\*(C'\fR).
2956     .PP
2957     The \f(CW.02\fR offset is added to work around small timing inconsistencies
2958     of some operating systems (where the second counter of the current time
2959     might be be delayed. One such system is the Linux kernel, where a call to
2960     \&\f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR might return a timestamp with a full second later than
2961     a subsequent \f(CW\*(C`time\*(C'\fR call \- if the equivalent of \f(CW\*(C`time ()\*(C'\fR is used to
2962     update file times then there will be a small window where the kernel uses
2963     the previous second to update file times but libev might already execute
2964     the timer callback).
2965 root 1.59 .PP
2966 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
2967     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
2968 root 1.22 .IP "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2969     .IX Item "ev_stat_init (ev_stat *, callback, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2970     .PD 0
2971     .IP "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)" 4
2972     .IX Item "ev_stat_set (ev_stat *, const char *path, ev_tstamp interval)"
2973     .PD
2974     Configures the watcher to wait for status changes of the given
2975     \&\f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR. The \f(CW\*(C`interval\*(C'\fR is a hint on how quickly a change is expected to
2976     be detected and should normally be specified as \f(CW0\fR to let libev choose
2977     a suitable value. The memory pointed to by \f(CW\*(C`path\*(C'\fR must point to the same
2978     path for as long as the watcher is active.
2979     .Sp
2980 root 1.71 The callback will receive an \f(CW\*(C`EV_STAT\*(C'\fR event when a change was detected,
2981     relative to the attributes at the time the watcher was started (or the
2982     last change was detected).
2983 root 1.61 .IP "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)" 4
2984     .IX Item "ev_stat_stat (loop, ev_stat *)"
2985 root 1.22 Updates the stat buffer immediately with new values. If you change the
2986 root 1.65 watched path in your callback, you could call this function to avoid
2987     detecting this change (while introducing a race condition if you are not
2988     the only one changing the path). Can also be useful simply to find out the
2989     new values.
2990 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata attr [read\-only]" 4
2991     .IX Item "ev_statdata attr [read-only]"
2992 root 1.65 The most-recently detected attributes of the file. Although the type is
2993 root 1.22 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_statdata\*(C'\fR, this is usually the (or one of the) \f(CW\*(C`struct stat\*(C'\fR types
2994 root 1.65 suitable for your system, but you can only rely on the POSIX-standardised
2995     members to be present. If the \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR member is \f(CW0\fR, then there was
2996     some error while \f(CW\*(C`stat\*(C'\fRing the file.
2997 root 1.22 .IP "ev_statdata prev [read\-only]" 4
2998     .IX Item "ev_statdata prev [read-only]"
2999     The previous attributes of the file. The callback gets invoked whenever
3000 root 1.65 \&\f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR != \f(CW\*(C`attr\*(C'\fR, or, more precisely, one or more of these members
3001     differ: \f(CW\*(C`st_dev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ino\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_nlink\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_uid\*(C'\fR,
3002     \&\f(CW\*(C`st_gid\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_rdev\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_size\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_atime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_mtime\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`st_ctime\*(C'\fR.
3003 root 1.22 .IP "ev_tstamp interval [read\-only]" 4
3004     .IX Item "ev_tstamp interval [read-only]"
3005     The specified interval.
3006     .IP "const char *path [read\-only]" 4
3007     .IX Item "const char *path [read-only]"
3008 root 1.68 The file system path that is being watched.
3009 root 1.22 .PP
3010 root 1.59 \fIExamples\fR
3011     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3012     .PP
3013 root 1.22 Example: Watch \f(CW\*(C`/etc/passwd\*(C'\fR for attribute changes.
3014     .PP
3015 root 1.60 .Vb 10
3016 root 1.68 \& static void
3017     \& passwd_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_stat *w, int revents)
3018     \& {
3019     \& /* /etc/passwd changed in some way */
3020     \& if (w\->attr.st_nlink)
3021     \& {
3022     \& printf ("passwd current size %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_size);
3023     \& printf ("passwd current atime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3024     \& printf ("passwd current mtime %ld\en", (long)w\->attr.st_mtime);
3025     \& }
3026     \& else
3027     \& /* you shalt not abuse printf for puts */
3028     \& puts ("wow, /etc/passwd is not there, expect problems. "
3029     \& "if this is windows, they already arrived\en");
3030     \& }
3031 root 1.60 \&
3032 root 1.68 \& ...
3033     \& ev_stat passwd;
3034 root 1.60 \&
3035 root 1.68 \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, passwd_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3036     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3037 root 1.22 .Ve
3038 root 1.59 .PP
3039     Example: Like above, but additionally use a one-second delay so we do not
3040     miss updates (however, frequent updates will delay processing, too, so
3041     one might do the work both on \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR callback invocation \fIand\fR on
3042     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR callback invocation).
3043     .PP
3044     .Vb 2
3045 root 1.68 \& static ev_stat passwd;
3046     \& static ev_timer timer;
3047 root 1.60 \&
3048 root 1.68 \& static void
3049     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3050     \& {
3051     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ w);
3052     \&
3053     \& /* now it\*(Aqs one second after the most recent passwd change */
3054     \& }
3055     \&
3056     \& static void
3057     \& stat_cb (EV_P_ ev_stat *w, int revents)
3058     \& {
3059     \& /* reset the one\-second timer */
3060     \& ev_timer_again (EV_A_ &timer);
3061     \& }
3062     \&
3063     \& ...
3064     \& ev_stat_init (&passwd, stat_cb, "/etc/passwd", 0.);
3065     \& ev_stat_start (loop, &passwd);
3066     \& ev_timer_init (&timer, timer_cb, 0., 1.02);
3067 root 1.59 .Ve
3068 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_idle"" \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3069     .el .SS "\f(CWev_idle\fP \- when you've got nothing better to do..."
3070 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_idle - when you've got nothing better to do..."
3071 root 1.37 Idle watchers trigger events when no other events of the same or higher
3072 root 1.71 priority are pending (prepare, check and other idle watchers do not count
3073     as receiving \*(L"events\*(R").
3074 root 1.37 .PP
3075     That is, as long as your process is busy handling sockets or timeouts
3076     (or even signals, imagine) of the same or higher priority it will not be
3077     triggered. But when your process is idle (or only lower-priority watchers
3078     are pending), the idle watchers are being called once per event loop
3079     iteration \- until stopped, that is, or your process receives more events
3080     and becomes busy again with higher priority stuff.
3081 root 1.1 .PP
3082     The most noteworthy effect is that as long as any idle watchers are
3083     active, the process will not block when waiting for new events.
3084     .PP
3085     Apart from keeping your process non-blocking (which is a useful
3086     effect on its own sometimes), idle watchers are a good place to do
3087 root 1.60 \&\*(L"pseudo-background processing\*(R", or delay processing stuff to after the
3088 root 1.1 event loop has handled all outstanding events.
3089 root 1.50 .PP
3090 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3091     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_idle watcher for its side-effect"
3092     .PP
3093     As long as there is at least one active idle watcher, libev will never
3094     sleep unnecessarily. Or in other words, it will loop as fast as possible.
3095     For this to work, the idle watcher doesn't need to be invoked at all \- the
3096     lowest priority will do.
3097     .PP
3098     This mode of operation can be useful together with an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher,
3099     to do something on each event loop iteration \- for example to balance load
3100     between different connections.
3101     .PP
3102     See \*(L"Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect\*(R" for a longer
3103     example.
3104     .PP
3105 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3106     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3107 root 1.78 .IP "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)" 4
3108     .IX Item "ev_idle_init (ev_idle *, callback)"
3109 root 1.1 Initialises and configures the idle watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3110     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3111     believe me.
3112 root 1.9 .PP
3113 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3114     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3115     .PP
3116 root 1.28 Example: Dynamically allocate an \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher, start it, and in the
3117     callback, free it. Also, use no error checking, as usual.
3118 root 1.9 .PP
3119 root 1.93 .Vb 5
3120 root 1.68 \& static void
3121 root 1.73 \& idle_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_idle *w, int revents)
3122 root 1.68 \& {
3123 root 1.93 \& // stop the watcher
3124     \& ev_idle_stop (loop, w);
3125     \&
3126     \& // now we can free it
3127 root 1.68 \& free (w);
3128 root 1.93 \&
3129 root 1.68 \& // now do something you wanted to do when the program has
3130     \& // no longer anything immediate to do.
3131     \& }
3132     \&
3133 root 1.73 \& ev_idle *idle_watcher = malloc (sizeof (ev_idle));
3134 root 1.68 \& ev_idle_init (idle_watcher, idle_cb);
3135 root 1.79 \& ev_idle_start (loop, idle_watcher);
3136 root 1.9 .Ve
3137 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_prepare"" and ""ev_check"" \- customise your event loop!"
3138     .el .SS "\f(CWev_prepare\fP and \f(CWev_check\fP \- customise your event loop!"
3139 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_prepare and ev_check - customise your event loop!"
3140 root 1.93 Prepare and check watchers are often (but not always) used in pairs:
3141 root 1.1 prepare watchers get invoked before the process blocks and check watchers
3142     afterwards.
3143     .PP
3144 root 1.102 You \fImust not\fR call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR (or similar functions that enter the
3145     current event loop) or \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR from either \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR or
3146     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers. Other loops than the current one are fine,
3147     however. The rationale behind this is that you do not need to check
3148     for recursion in those watchers, i.e. the sequence will always be
3149     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR, blocking, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR so if you have one watcher of each
3150     kind they will always be called in pairs bracketing the blocking call.
3151 root 1.20 .PP
3152 root 1.10 Their main purpose is to integrate other event mechanisms into libev and
3153 root 1.71 their use is somewhat advanced. They could be used, for example, to track
3154 root 1.10 variable changes, implement your own watchers, integrate net-snmp or a
3155 root 1.20 coroutine library and lots more. They are also occasionally useful if
3156     you cache some data and want to flush it before blocking (for example,
3157     in X programs you might want to do an \f(CW\*(C`XFlush ()\*(C'\fR in an \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3158     watcher).
3159 root 1.1 .PP
3160 root 1.71 This is done by examining in each prepare call which file descriptors
3161     need to be watched by the other library, registering \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watchers
3162     for them and starting an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher for any timeouts (many
3163     libraries provide exactly this functionality). Then, in the check watcher,
3164     you check for any events that occurred (by checking the pending status
3165     of all watchers and stopping them) and call back into the library. The
3166     I/O and timer callbacks will never actually be called (but must be valid
3167     nevertheless, because you never know, you know?).
3168 root 1.1 .PP
3169     As another example, the Perl Coro module uses these hooks to integrate
3170     coroutines into libev programs, by yielding to other active coroutines
3171     during each prepare and only letting the process block if no coroutines
3172     are ready to run (it's actually more complicated: it only runs coroutines
3173     with priority higher than or equal to the event loop and one coroutine
3174     of lower priority, but only once, using idle watchers to keep the event
3175     loop from blocking if lower-priority coroutines are active, thus mapping
3176     low-priority coroutines to idle/background tasks).
3177 root 1.45 .PP
3178 root 1.93 When used for this purpose, it is recommended to give \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers
3179     highest (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR) priority, to ensure that they are being run before
3180     any other watchers after the poll (this doesn't matter for \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR
3181     watchers).
3182 root 1.71 .PP
3183     Also, \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers (and \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR watchers, too) should not
3184     activate (\*(L"feed\*(R") events into libev. While libev fully supports this, they
3185     might get executed before other \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers did their job. As
3186     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are often used to embed other (non-libev) event
3187     loops those other event loops might be in an unusable state until their
3188     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher ran (always remind yourself to coexist peacefully with
3189     others).
3190 root 1.50 .PP
3191 root 1.93 \fIAbusing an \f(CI\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fI watcher for its side-effect\fR
3192     .IX Subsection "Abusing an ev_check watcher for its side-effect"
3193     .PP
3194     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR (and less often also \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare\*(C'\fR) watchers can also be
3195     useful because they are called once per event loop iteration. For
3196     example, if you want to handle a large number of connections fairly, you
3197     normally only do a bit of work for each active connection, and if there
3198     is more work to do, you wait for the next event loop iteration, so other
3199     connections have a chance of making progress.
3200     .PP
3201     Using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher is almost enough: it will be called on the
3202     next event loop iteration. However, that isn't as soon as possible \-
3203     without external events, your \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher will not be invoked.
3204     .PP
3205     This is where \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watchers come in handy \- all you need is a
3206     single global idle watcher that is active as long as you have one active
3207     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher. The \f(CW\*(C`ev_idle\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure the event loop
3208     will not sleep, and the \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watcher makes sure a callback gets
3209     invoked. Neither watcher alone can do that.
3210     .PP
3211 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3212     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3213 root 1.1 .IP "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)" 4
3214     .IX Item "ev_prepare_init (ev_prepare *, callback)"
3215     .PD 0
3216     .IP "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)" 4
3217     .IX Item "ev_check_init (ev_check *, callback)"
3218     .PD
3219     Initialises and configures the prepare or check watcher \- they have no
3220     parameters of any kind. There are \f(CW\*(C`ev_prepare_set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_check_set\*(C'\fR
3221 root 1.71 macros, but using them is utterly, utterly, utterly and completely
3222     pointless.
3223 root 1.9 .PP
3224 root 1.60 \fIExamples\fR
3225     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3226     .PP
3227 root 1.44 There are a number of principal ways to embed other event loops or modules
3228     into libev. Here are some ideas on how to include libadns into libev
3229     (there is a Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR that does this, which you could
3230 root 1.65 use as a working example. Another Perl module named \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR embeds a
3231     Glib main context into libev, and finally, \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR embeds \s-1EV\s0 into the
3232     Glib event loop).
3233 root 1.44 .PP
3234     Method 1: Add \s-1IO\s0 watchers and a timeout watcher in a prepare handler,
3235     and in a check watcher, destroy them and call into libadns. What follows
3236     is pseudo-code only of course. This requires you to either use a low
3237     priority for the check watcher or use \f(CW\*(C`ev_clear_pending\*(C'\fR explicitly, as
3238     the callbacks for the IO/timeout watchers might not have been called yet.
3239 root 1.20 .PP
3240     .Vb 2
3241 root 1.68 \& static ev_io iow [nfd];
3242     \& static ev_timer tw;
3243     \&
3244     \& static void
3245 root 1.73 \& io_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w, int revents)
3246 root 1.68 \& {
3247     \& }
3248     \&
3249     \& // create io watchers for each fd and a timer before blocking
3250     \& static void
3251 root 1.73 \& adns_prepare_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_prepare *w, int revents)
3252 root 1.68 \& {
3253     \& int timeout = 3600000;
3254     \& struct pollfd fds [nfd];
3255     \& // actual code will need to loop here and realloc etc.
3256     \& adns_beforepoll (ads, fds, &nfd, &timeout, timeval_from (ev_time ()));
3257     \&
3258     \& /* the callback is illegal, but won\*(Aqt be called as we stop during check */
3259 root 1.79 \& ev_timer_init (&tw, 0, timeout * 1e\-3, 0.);
3260 root 1.68 \& ev_timer_start (loop, &tw);
3261 root 1.60 \&
3262 root 1.68 \& // create one ev_io per pollfd
3263     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3264     \& {
3265     \& ev_io_init (iow + i, io_cb, fds [i].fd,
3266     \& ((fds [i].events & POLLIN ? EV_READ : 0)
3267     \& | (fds [i].events & POLLOUT ? EV_WRITE : 0)));
3268     \&
3269     \& fds [i].revents = 0;
3270     \& ev_io_start (loop, iow + i);
3271     \& }
3272     \& }
3273     \&
3274     \& // stop all watchers after blocking
3275     \& static void
3276 root 1.73 \& adns_check_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_check *w, int revents)
3277 root 1.68 \& {
3278     \& ev_timer_stop (loop, &tw);
3279     \&
3280     \& for (int i = 0; i < nfd; ++i)
3281     \& {
3282     \& // set the relevant poll flags
3283     \& // could also call adns_processreadable etc. here
3284     \& struct pollfd *fd = fds + i;
3285     \& int revents = ev_clear_pending (iow + i);
3286     \& if (revents & EV_READ ) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLIN;
3287     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) fd\->revents |= fd\->events & POLLOUT;
3288 root 1.60 \&
3289 root 1.68 \& // now stop the watcher
3290     \& ev_io_stop (loop, iow + i);
3291     \& }
3292     \&
3293     \& adns_afterpoll (adns, fds, nfd, timeval_from (ev_now (loop));
3294     \& }
3295 root 1.20 .Ve
3296 root 1.44 .PP
3297     Method 2: This would be just like method 1, but you run \f(CW\*(C`adns_afterpoll\*(C'\fR
3298     in the prepare watcher and would dispose of the check watcher.
3299     .PP
3300     Method 3: If the module to be embedded supports explicit event
3301 root 1.68 notification (libadns does), you can also make use of the actual watcher
3302 root 1.44 callbacks, and only destroy/create the watchers in the prepare watcher.
3303     .PP
3304     .Vb 5
3305 root 1.68 \& static void
3306     \& timer_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3307     \& {
3308     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3309     \& update_now (EV_A);
3310     \&
3311     \& adns_processtimeouts (ads, &tv_now);
3312     \& }
3313     \&
3314     \& static void
3315     \& io_cb (EV_P_ ev_io *w, int revents)
3316     \& {
3317     \& adns_state ads = (adns_state)w\->data;
3318     \& update_now (EV_A);
3319 root 1.60 \&
3320 root 1.68 \& if (revents & EV_READ ) adns_processreadable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3321     \& if (revents & EV_WRITE) adns_processwriteable (ads, w\->fd, &tv_now);
3322     \& }
3323     \&
3324     \& // do not ever call adns_afterpoll
3325 root 1.44 .Ve
3326     .PP
3327     Method 4: Do not use a prepare or check watcher because the module you
3328 root 1.71 want to embed is not flexible enough to support it. Instead, you can
3329     override their poll function. The drawback with this solution is that the
3330 root 1.100 main loop is now no longer controllable by \s-1EV.\s0 The \f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR module uses
3331 root 1.71 this approach, effectively embedding \s-1EV\s0 as a client into the horrible
3332     libglib event loop.
3333 root 1.44 .PP
3334     .Vb 4
3335 root 1.68 \& static gint
3336     \& event_poll_func (GPollFD *fds, guint nfds, gint timeout)
3337     \& {
3338     \& int got_events = 0;
3339     \&
3340     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3341     \& // create/start io watcher that sets the relevant bits in fds[n] and increment got_events
3342     \&
3343     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3344     \& // create/start timer
3345     \&
3346     \& // poll
3347 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
3348 root 1.68 \&
3349     \& // stop timer again
3350     \& if (timeout >= 0)
3351     \& ev_timer_stop (EV_A_ &to);
3352 root 1.60 \&
3353 root 1.68 \& // stop io watchers again \- their callbacks should have set
3354     \& for (n = 0; n < nfds; ++n)
3355     \& ev_io_stop (EV_A_ iow [n]);
3356     \&
3357     \& return got_events;
3358     \& }
3359 root 1.44 .Ve
3360 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_embed"" \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3361     .el .SS "\f(CWev_embed\fP \- when one backend isn't enough..."
3362 root 1.17 .IX Subsection "ev_embed - when one backend isn't enough..."
3363 root 1.10 This is a rather advanced watcher type that lets you embed one event loop
3364 root 1.11 into another (currently only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR events are supported in the embedded
3365     loop, other types of watchers might be handled in a delayed or incorrect
3366 root 1.57 fashion and must not be used).
3367 root 1.10 .PP
3368     There are primarily two reasons you would want that: work around bugs and
3369     prioritise I/O.
3370     .PP
3371     As an example for a bug workaround, the kqueue backend might only support
3372     sockets on some platform, so it is unusable as generic backend, but you
3373     still want to make use of it because you have many sockets and it scales
3374 root 1.71 so nicely. In this case, you would create a kqueue-based loop and embed
3375     it into your default loop (which might use e.g. poll). Overall operation
3376     will be a bit slower because first libev has to call \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and then
3377     \&\f(CW\*(C`kevent\*(C'\fR, but at least you can use both mechanisms for what they are
3378     best: \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR for scalable sockets and \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR if you want it to work :)
3379     .PP
3380     As for prioritising I/O: under rare circumstances you have the case where
3381     some fds have to be watched and handled very quickly (with low latency),
3382     and even priorities and idle watchers might have too much overhead. In
3383     this case you would put all the high priority stuff in one loop and all
3384     the rest in a second one, and embed the second one in the first.
3385 root 1.10 .PP
3386 root 1.75 As long as the watcher is active, the callback will be invoked every
3387     time there might be events pending in the embedded loop. The callback
3388     must then call \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep (mainloop, watcher)\*(C'\fR to make a single
3389     sweep and invoke their callbacks (the callback doesn't need to invoke the
3390     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR function directly, it could also start an idle watcher
3391     to give the embedded loop strictly lower priority for example).
3392     .PP
3393     You can also set the callback to \f(CW0\fR, in which case the embed watcher
3394     will automatically execute the embedded loop sweep whenever necessary.
3395     .PP
3396     Fork detection will be handled transparently while the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher
3397     is active, i.e., the embedded loop will automatically be forked when the
3398     embedding loop forks. In other cases, the user is responsible for calling
3399     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR on the embedded loop.
3400 root 1.10 .PP
3401 root 1.71 Unfortunately, not all backends are embeddable: only the ones returned by
3402 root 1.10 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_embeddable_backends\*(C'\fR are, which, unfortunately, does not include any
3403     portable one.
3404     .PP
3405     So when you want to use this feature you will always have to be prepared
3406     that you cannot get an embeddable loop. The recommended way to get around
3407     this is to have a separate variables for your embeddable loop, try to
3408 root 1.60 create it, and if that fails, use the normal loop for everything.
3409 root 1.50 .PP
3410 root 1.71 \fI\f(CI\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fI and fork\fR
3411     .IX Subsection "ev_embed and fork"
3412     .PP
3413     While the \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed\*(C'\fR watcher is running, forks in the embedding loop will
3414     automatically be applied to the embedded loop as well, so no special
3415     fork handling is required in that case. When the watcher is not running,
3416     however, it is still the task of the libev user to call \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork ()\*(C'\fR
3417     as applicable.
3418     .PP
3419 root 1.50 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3420     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3421 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3422     .IX Item "ev_embed_init (ev_embed *, callback, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3423 root 1.10 .PD 0
3424 root 1.97 .IP "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)" 4
3425     .IX Item "ev_embed_set (ev_embed *, struct ev_loop *embedded_loop)"
3426 root 1.10 .PD
3427 root 1.11 Configures the watcher to embed the given loop, which must be
3428     embeddable. If the callback is \f(CW0\fR, then \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR will be
3429     invoked automatically, otherwise it is the responsibility of the callback
3430     to invoke it (it will continue to be called until the sweep has been done,
3431 root 1.68 if you do not want that, you need to temporarily stop the embed watcher).
3432 root 1.11 .IP "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)" 4
3433     .IX Item "ev_embed_sweep (loop, ev_embed *)"
3434     Make a single, non-blocking sweep over the embedded loop. This works
3435 root 1.82 similarly to \f(CW\*(C`ev_run (embedded_loop, EVRUN_NOWAIT)\*(C'\fR, but in the most
3436 root 1.68 appropriate way for embedded loops.
3437 root 1.54 .IP "struct ev_loop *other [read\-only]" 4
3438     .IX Item "struct ev_loop *other [read-only]"
3439 root 1.22 The embedded event loop.
3440 root 1.60 .PP
3441     \fIExamples\fR
3442     .IX Subsection "Examples"
3443     .PP
3444     Example: Try to get an embeddable event loop and embed it into the default
3445     event loop. If that is not possible, use the default loop. The default
3446 root 1.68 loop is stored in \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR, while the embeddable loop is stored in
3447     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_lo\*(C'\fR (which is \f(CW\*(C`loop_hi\*(C'\fR in the case no embeddable loop can be
3448 root 1.60 used).
3449     .PP
3450     .Vb 3
3451 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop_hi = ev_default_init (0);
3452     \& struct ev_loop *loop_lo = 0;
3453 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3454 root 1.102 \&
3455 root 1.68 \& // see if there is a chance of getting one that works
3456     \& // (remember that a flags value of 0 means autodetection)
3457     \& loop_lo = ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ()
3458     \& ? ev_loop_new (ev_embeddable_backends () & ev_recommended_backends ())
3459     \& : 0;
3460     \&
3461     \& // if we got one, then embed it, otherwise default to loop_hi
3462     \& if (loop_lo)
3463     \& {
3464     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_lo);
3465     \& ev_embed_start (loop_hi, &embed);
3466     \& }
3467     \& else
3468     \& loop_lo = loop_hi;
3469 root 1.60 .Ve
3470     .PP
3471     Example: Check if kqueue is available but not recommended and create
3472     a kqueue backend for use with sockets (which usually work with any
3473     kqueue implementation). Store the kqueue/socket\-only event loop in
3474     \&\f(CW\*(C`loop_socket\*(C'\fR. (One might optionally use \f(CW\*(C`EVFLAG_NOENV\*(C'\fR, too).
3475     .PP
3476     .Vb 3
3477 root 1.68 \& struct ev_loop *loop = ev_default_init (0);
3478     \& struct ev_loop *loop_socket = 0;
3479 root 1.73 \& ev_embed embed;
3480 root 1.102 \&
3481 root 1.68 \& if (ev_supported_backends () & ~ev_recommended_backends () & EVBACKEND_KQUEUE)
3482     \& if ((loop_socket = ev_loop_new (EVBACKEND_KQUEUE))
3483     \& {
3484     \& ev_embed_init (&embed, 0, loop_socket);
3485     \& ev_embed_start (loop, &embed);
3486     \& }
3487 root 1.60 \&
3488 root 1.68 \& if (!loop_socket)
3489     \& loop_socket = loop;
3490 root 1.60 \&
3491 root 1.68 \& // now use loop_socket for all sockets, and loop for everything else
3492 root 1.60 .Ve
3493 root 1.79 .ie n .SS """ev_fork"" \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3494     .el .SS "\f(CWev_fork\fP \- the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3495 root 1.24 .IX Subsection "ev_fork - the audacity to resume the event loop after a fork"
3496     Fork watchers are called when a \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR was detected (usually because
3497     whoever is a good citizen cared to tell libev about it by calling
3498 root 1.96 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR). The invocation is done before the event loop blocks next
3499     and before \f(CW\*(C`ev_check\*(C'\fR watchers are being called, and only in the child
3500     after the fork. If whoever good citizen calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_fork\*(C'\fR cheats
3501     and calls it in the wrong process, the fork handlers will be invoked, too,
3502     of course.
3503 root 1.51 .PP
3504 root 1.78 \fIThe special problem of life after fork \- how is it possible?\fR
3505     .IX Subsection "The special problem of life after fork - how is it possible?"
3506     .PP
3507 root 1.102 Most uses of \f(CW\*(C`fork ()\*(C'\fR consist of forking, then some simple calls to set
3508 root 1.78 up/change the process environment, followed by a call to \f(CW\*(C`exec()\*(C'\fR. This
3509     sequence should be handled by libev without any problems.
3510     .PP
3511     This changes when the application actually wants to do event handling
3512     in the child, or both parent in child, in effect \*(L"continuing\*(R" after the
3513     fork.
3514     .PP
3515     The default mode of operation (for libev, with application help to detect
3516     forks) is to duplicate all the state in the child, as would be expected
3517     when \fIeither\fR the parent \fIor\fR the child process continues.
3518     .PP
3519     When both processes want to continue using libev, then this is usually the
3520     wrong result. In that case, usually one process (typically the parent) is
3521     supposed to continue with all watchers in place as before, while the other
3522     process typically wants to start fresh, i.e. without any active watchers.
3523     .PP
3524     The cleanest and most efficient way to achieve that with libev is to
3525     simply create a new event loop, which of course will be \*(L"empty\*(R", and
3526     use that for new watchers. This has the advantage of not touching more
3527     memory than necessary, and thus avoiding the copy-on-write, and the
3528     disadvantage of having to use multiple event loops (which do not support
3529     signal watchers).
3530     .PP
3531     When this is not possible, or you want to use the default loop for
3532     other reasons, then in the process that wants to start \*(L"fresh\*(R", call
3533 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT)\*(C'\fR followed by \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_loop (...)\*(C'\fR.
3534     Destroying the default loop will \*(L"orphan\*(R" (not stop) all registered
3535     watchers, so you have to be careful not to execute code that modifies
3536     those watchers. Note also that in that case, you have to re-register any
3537     signal watchers.
3538 root 1.78 .PP
3539 root 1.51 \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3540     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3541 root 1.82 .IP "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)" 4
3542     .IX Item "ev_fork_init (ev_fork *, callback)"
3543 root 1.24 Initialises and configures the fork watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3544     kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3545 root 1.82 really.
3546     .ie n .SS """ev_cleanup"" \- even the best things end"
3547     .el .SS "\f(CWev_cleanup\fP \- even the best things end"
3548     .IX Subsection "ev_cleanup - even the best things end"
3549     Cleanup watchers are called just before the event loop is being destroyed
3550     by a call to \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR.
3551     .PP
3552     While there is no guarantee that the event loop gets destroyed, cleanup
3553     watchers provide a convenient method to install cleanup hooks for your
3554     program, worker threads and so on \- you just to make sure to destroy the
3555     loop when you want them to be invoked.
3556     .PP
3557     Cleanup watchers are invoked in the same way as any other watcher. Unlike
3558     all other watchers, they do not keep a reference to the event loop (which
3559     makes a lot of sense if you think about it). Like all other watchers, you
3560     can call libev functions in the callback, except \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_start\*(C'\fR.
3561     .PP
3562     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3563     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3564     .IP "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)" 4
3565     .IX Item "ev_cleanup_init (ev_cleanup *, callback)"
3566     Initialises and configures the cleanup watcher \- it has no parameters of
3567     any kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_cleanup_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly
3568     pointless, I assure you.
3569     .PP
3570     Example: Register an atexit handler to destroy the default loop, so any
3571     cleanup functions are called.
3572     .PP
3573     .Vb 5
3574     \& static void
3575     \& program_exits (void)
3576     \& {
3577     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
3578     \& }
3579     \&
3580     \& ...
3581     \& atexit (program_exits);
3582     .Ve
3583     .ie n .SS """ev_async"" \- how to wake up an event loop"
3584     .el .SS "\f(CWev_async\fP \- how to wake up an event loop"
3585     .IX Subsection "ev_async - how to wake up an event loop"
3586 root 1.86 In general, you cannot use an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR from multiple threads or other
3587 root 1.61 asynchronous sources such as signal handlers (as opposed to multiple event
3588     loops \- those are of course safe to use in different threads).
3589     .PP
3590 root 1.82 Sometimes, however, you need to wake up an event loop you do not control,
3591     for example because it belongs to another thread. This is what \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
3592     watchers do: as long as the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is active, you can signal
3593     it by calling \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, which is thread\- and signal safe.
3594 root 1.61 .PP
3595     This functionality is very similar to \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR watchers, as signals,
3596     too, are asynchronous in nature, and signals, too, will be compressed
3597     (i.e. the number of callback invocations may be less than the number of
3598 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR calls). In fact, you could use signal watchers as a kind
3599 root 1.85 of \*(L"global async watchers\*(R" by using a watcher on an otherwise unused
3600     signal, and \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR to signal this watcher from another thread,
3601     even without knowing which loop owns the signal.
3602 root 1.61 .PP
3603     \fIQueueing\fR
3604     .IX Subsection "Queueing"
3605     .PP
3606     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR does not support queueing of data in any way. The reason
3607     is that the author does not know of a simple (or any) algorithm for a
3608     multiple-writer-single-reader queue that works in all cases and doesn't
3609 root 1.81 need elaborate support such as pthreads or unportable memory access
3610     semantics.
3611 root 1.61 .PP
3612     That means that if you want to queue data, you have to provide your own
3613 root 1.71 queue. But at least I can tell you how to implement locking around your
3614 root 1.61 queue:
3615     .IP "queueing from a signal handler context" 4
3616     .IX Item "queueing from a signal handler context"
3617     To implement race-free queueing, you simply add to the queue in the signal
3618 root 1.72 handler but you block the signal handler in the watcher callback. Here is
3619     an example that does that for some fictitious \s-1SIGUSR1\s0 handler:
3620 root 1.61 .Sp
3621     .Vb 1
3622     \& static ev_async mysig;
3623     \&
3624     \& static void
3625     \& sigusr1_handler (void)
3626     \& {
3627     \& sometype data;
3628     \&
3629     \& // no locking etc.
3630     \& queue_put (data);
3631     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3632     \& }
3633     \&
3634     \& static void
3635     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3636     \& {
3637     \& sometype data;
3638     \& sigset_t block, prev;
3639     \&
3640     \& sigemptyset (&block);
3641     \& sigaddset (&block, SIGUSR1);
3642     \& sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &block, &prev);
3643     \&
3644     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3645     \& process (data);
3646     \&
3647     \& if (sigismember (&prev, SIGUSR1)
3648     \& sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &block, 0);
3649     \& }
3650     .Ve
3651     .Sp
3652     (Note: pthreads in theory requires you to use \f(CW\*(C`pthread_setmask\*(C'\fR
3653     instead of \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR when you use threads, but libev doesn't do it
3654     either...).
3655     .IP "queueing from a thread context" 4
3656     .IX Item "queueing from a thread context"
3657     The strategy for threads is different, as you cannot (easily) block
3658     threads but you can easily preempt them, so to queue safely you need to
3659     employ a traditional mutex lock, such as in this pthread example:
3660     .Sp
3661     .Vb 2
3662     \& static ev_async mysig;
3663     \& static pthread_mutex_t mymutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER;
3664     \&
3665     \& static void
3666     \& otherthread (void)
3667     \& {
3668     \& // only need to lock the actual queueing operation
3669     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3670     \& queue_put (data);
3671     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3672     \&
3673     \& ev_async_send (EV_DEFAULT_ &mysig);
3674     \& }
3675     \&
3676     \& static void
3677     \& mysig_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3678     \& {
3679     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&mymutex);
3680     \&
3681     \& while (queue_get (&data))
3682     \& process (data);
3683     \&
3684     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&mymutex);
3685     \& }
3686     .Ve
3687     .PP
3688     \fIWatcher-Specific Functions and Data Members\fR
3689     .IX Subsection "Watcher-Specific Functions and Data Members"
3690     .IP "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)" 4
3691     .IX Item "ev_async_init (ev_async *, callback)"
3692     Initialises and configures the async watcher \- it has no parameters of any
3693 root 1.73 kind. There is a \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_set\*(C'\fR macro, but using it is utterly pointless,
3694 root 1.71 trust me.
3695 root 1.61 .IP "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)" 4
3696     .IX Item "ev_async_send (loop, ev_async *)"
3697     Sends/signals/activates the given \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher, that is, feeds
3698 root 1.86 an \f(CW\*(C`EV_ASYNC\*(C'\fR event on the watcher into the event loop, and instantly
3699     returns.
3700     .Sp
3701     Unlike \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_event\*(C'\fR, this call is safe to do from other threads,
3702     signal or similar contexts (see the discussion of \f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR in the
3703     embedding section below on what exactly this means).
3704 root 1.61 .Sp
3705 root 1.78 Note that, as with other watchers in libev, multiple events might get
3706 root 1.88 compressed into a single callback invocation (another way to look at
3707     this is that \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers are level-triggered: they are set on
3708     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR, reset when the event loop detects that).
3709     .Sp
3710     This call incurs the overhead of at most one extra system call per event
3711     loop iteration, if the event loop is blocked, and no syscall at all if
3712     the event loop (or your program) is processing events. That means that
3713     repeated calls are basically free (there is no need to avoid calls for
3714     performance reasons) and that the overhead becomes smaller (typically
3715     zero) under load.
3716 root 1.63 .IP "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)" 4
3717     .IX Item "bool = ev_async_pending (ev_async *)"
3718     Returns a non-zero value when \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR has been called on the
3719     watcher but the event has not yet been processed (or even noted) by the
3720     event loop.
3721     .Sp
3722     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR sets a flag in the watcher and wakes up the loop. When
3723     the loop iterates next and checks for the watcher to have become active,
3724     it will reset the flag again. \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_pending\*(C'\fR can be used to very
3725 root 1.68 quickly check whether invoking the loop might be a good idea.
3726 root 1.63 .Sp
3727 root 1.78 Not that this does \fInot\fR check whether the watcher itself is pending,
3728     only whether it has been requested to make this watcher pending: there
3729     is a time window between the event loop checking and resetting the async
3730     notification, and the callback being invoked.
3731 root 1.1 .SH "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3732     .IX Header "OTHER FUNCTIONS"
3733     There are some other functions of possible interest. Described. Here. Now.
3734 root 1.109 .IP "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)" 4
3735     .IX Item "ev_once (loop, int fd, int events, ev_tstamp timeout, callback, arg)"
3736 root 1.1 This function combines a simple timer and an I/O watcher, calls your
3737 root 1.72 callback on whichever event happens first and automatically stops both
3738 root 1.1 watchers. This is useful if you want to wait for a single event on an fd
3739     or timeout without having to allocate/configure/start/stop/free one or
3740     more watchers yourself.
3741     .Sp
3742 root 1.72 If \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no I/O watcher will be started and the
3743     \&\f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR argument is being ignored. Otherwise, an \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR watcher for
3744     the given \f(CW\*(C`fd\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`events\*(C'\fR set will be created and started.
3745 root 1.1 .Sp
3746     If \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR is less than 0, then no timeout watcher will be
3747     started. Otherwise an \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR watcher with after = \f(CW\*(C`timeout\*(C'\fR (and
3748 root 1.72 repeat = 0) will be started. \f(CW0\fR is a valid timeout.
3749 root 1.1 .Sp
3750 root 1.82 The callback has the type \f(CW\*(C`void (*cb)(int revents, void *arg)\*(C'\fR and is
3751 root 1.1 passed an \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR set like normal event callbacks (a combination of
3752 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ERROR\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_WRITE\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`arg\*(C'\fR
3753 root 1.72 value passed to \f(CW\*(C`ev_once\*(C'\fR. Note that it is possible to receive \fIboth\fR
3754     a timeout and an io event at the same time \- you probably should give io
3755     events precedence.
3756     .Sp
3757 root 1.100 Example: wait up to ten seconds for data to appear on \s-1STDIN_FILENO.\s0
3758 root 1.1 .Sp
3759     .Vb 7
3760 root 1.68 \& static void stdin_ready (int revents, void *arg)
3761     \& {
3762 root 1.72 \& if (revents & EV_READ)
3763     \& /* stdin might have data for us, joy! */;
3764 root 1.82 \& else if (revents & EV_TIMER)
3765 root 1.68 \& /* doh, nothing entered */;
3766     \& }
3767 root 1.60 \&
3768 root 1.68 \& ev_once (STDIN_FILENO, EV_READ, 10., stdin_ready, 0);
3769 root 1.1 .Ve
3770 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)" 4
3771     .IX Item "ev_feed_fd_event (loop, int fd, int revents)"
3772 root 1.1 Feed an event on the given fd, as if a file descriptor backend detected
3773 root 1.88 the given events.
3774 root 1.81 .IP "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)" 4
3775     .IX Item "ev_feed_signal_event (loop, int signum)"
3776 root 1.85 Feed an event as if the given signal occurred. See also \f(CW\*(C`ev_feed_signal\*(C'\fR,
3777     which is async-safe.
3778     .SH "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3779     .IX Header "COMMON OR USEFUL IDIOMS (OR BOTH)"
3780     This section explains some common idioms that are not immediately
3781     obvious. Note that examples are sprinkled over the whole manual, and this
3782     section only contains stuff that wouldn't fit anywhere else.
3783 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER\s0"
3784 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "ASSOCIATING CUSTOM DATA WITH A WATCHER"
3785     Each watcher has, by default, a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member that you can read
3786     or modify at any time: libev will completely ignore it. This can be used
3787     to associate arbitrary data with your watcher. If you need more data and
3788     don't want to allocate memory separately and store a pointer to it in that
3789     data member, you can also \*(L"subclass\*(R" the watcher type and provide your own
3790     data:
3791     .PP
3792     .Vb 7
3793     \& struct my_io
3794     \& {
3795     \& ev_io io;
3796     \& int otherfd;
3797     \& void *somedata;
3798     \& struct whatever *mostinteresting;
3799     \& };
3800     \&
3801     \& ...
3802     \& struct my_io w;
3803     \& ev_io_init (&w.io, my_cb, fd, EV_READ);
3804     .Ve
3805     .PP
3806     And since your callback will be called with a pointer to the watcher, you
3807     can cast it back to your own type:
3808     .PP
3809     .Vb 5
3810     \& static void my_cb (struct ev_loop *loop, ev_io *w_, int revents)
3811     \& {
3812     \& struct my_io *w = (struct my_io *)w_;
3813     \& ...
3814     \& }
3815     .Ve
3816     .PP
3817     More interesting and less C\-conformant ways of casting your callback
3818     function type instead have been omitted.
3819 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS\s0"
3820 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "BUILDING YOUR OWN COMPOSITE WATCHERS"
3821     Another common scenario is to use some data structure with multiple
3822     embedded watchers, in effect creating your own watcher that combines
3823     multiple libev event sources into one \*(L"super-watcher\*(R":
3824     .PP
3825     .Vb 6
3826     \& struct my_biggy
3827     \& {
3828     \& int some_data;
3829     \& ev_timer t1;
3830     \& ev_timer t2;
3831     \& }
3832     .Ve
3833     .PP
3834     In this case getting the pointer to \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR is a bit more
3835     complicated: Either you store the address of your \f(CW\*(C`my_biggy\*(C'\fR struct in
3836     the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher (for woozies or \*(C+ coders), or you need
3837     to use some pointer arithmetic using \f(CW\*(C`offsetof\*(C'\fR inside your watchers (for
3838     real programmers):
3839     .PP
3840     .Vb 1
3841     \& #include <stddef.h>
3842     \&
3843     \& static void
3844     \& t1_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3845     \& {
3846     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3847     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t1));
3848     \& }
3849     \&
3850     \& static void
3851     \& t2_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
3852     \& {
3853     \& struct my_biggy big = (struct my_biggy *)
3854     \& (((char *)w) \- offsetof (struct my_biggy, t2));
3855     \& }
3856     .Ve
3857 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING\s0"
3858 root 1.88 .IX Subsection "AVOIDING FINISHING BEFORE RETURNING"
3859     Often you have structures like this in event-based programs:
3860     .PP
3861     .Vb 4
3862     \& callback ()
3863     \& {
3864     \& free (request);
3865     \& }
3866     \&
3867     \& request = start_new_request (..., callback);
3868     .Ve
3869     .PP
3870     The intent is to start some \*(L"lengthy\*(R" operation. The \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR could be
3871     used to cancel the operation, or do other things with it.
3872     .PP
3873     It's not uncommon to have code paths in \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR that
3874     immediately invoke the callback, for example, to report errors. Or you add
3875     some caching layer that finds that it can skip the lengthy aspects of the
3876     operation and simply invoke the callback with the result.
3877     .PP
3878     The problem here is that this will happen \fIbefore\fR \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR
3879     has returned, so \f(CW\*(C`request\*(C'\fR is not set.
3880     .PP
3881     Even if you pass the request by some safer means to the callback, you
3882     might want to do something to the request after starting it, such as
3883     canceling it, which probably isn't working so well when the callback has
3884     already been invoked.
3885     .PP
3886     A common way around all these issues is to make sure that
3887     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR \fIalways\fR returns before the callback is invoked. If
3888     \&\f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR immediately knows the result, it can artificially
3889 root 1.97 delay invoking the callback by using a \f(CW\*(C`prepare\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`idle\*(C'\fR watcher for
3890     example, or more sneakily, by reusing an existing (stopped) watcher and
3891     pushing it into the pending queue:
3892 root 1.88 .PP
3893     .Vb 2
3894     \& ev_set_cb (watcher, callback);
3895     \& ev_feed_event (EV_A_ watcher, 0);
3896     .Ve
3897     .PP
3898     This way, \f(CW\*(C`start_new_request\*(C'\fR can safely return before the callback is
3899     invoked, while not delaying callback invocation too much.
3900 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS\s0"
3901 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "MODEL/NESTED EVENT LOOP INVOCATIONS AND EXIT CONDITIONS"
3902     Often (especially in \s-1GUI\s0 toolkits) there are places where you have
3903     \&\fImodal\fR interaction, which is most easily implemented by recursively
3904     invoking \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR.
3905     .PP
3906     This brings the problem of exiting \- a callback might want to finish the
3907     main \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR call, but not the nested one (e.g. user clicked \*(L"Quit\*(R", but
3908     a modal \*(L"Are you sure?\*(R" dialog is still waiting), or just the nested one
3909     and not the main one (e.g. user clocked \*(L"Ok\*(R" in a modal dialog), or some
3910 root 1.97 other combination: In these cases, a simple \f(CW\*(C`ev_break\*(C'\fR will not work.
3911 root 1.85 .PP
3912     The solution is to maintain \*(L"break this loop\*(R" variable for each \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR
3913     invocation, and use a loop around \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR until the condition is
3914     triggered, using \f(CW\*(C`EVRUN_ONCE\*(C'\fR:
3915     .PP
3916     .Vb 2
3917     \& // main loop
3918     \& int exit_main_loop = 0;
3919     \&
3920     \& while (!exit_main_loop)
3921     \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3922     \&
3923 root 1.88 \& // in a modal watcher
3924 root 1.85 \& int exit_nested_loop = 0;
3925     \&
3926     \& while (!exit_nested_loop)
3927     \& ev_run (EV_A_ EVRUN_ONCE);
3928     .Ve
3929     .PP
3930     To exit from any of these loops, just set the corresponding exit variable:
3931     .PP
3932     .Vb 2
3933     \& // exit modal loop
3934     \& exit_nested_loop = 1;
3935     \&
3936     \& // exit main program, after modal loop is finished
3937     \& exit_main_loop = 1;
3938     \&
3939     \& // exit both
3940     \& exit_main_loop = exit_nested_loop = 1;
3941     .Ve
3942 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\s0"
3943 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE"
3944     Here is a fictitious example of how to run an event loop in a different
3945     thread from where callbacks are being invoked and watchers are
3946     created/added/removed.
3947     .PP
3948     For a real-world example, see the \f(CW\*(C`EV::Loop::Async\*(C'\fR perl module,
3949     which uses exactly this technique (which is suited for many high-level
3950     languages).
3951     .PP
3952     The example uses a pthread mutex to protect the loop data, a condition
3953     variable to wait for callback invocations, an async watcher to notify the
3954     event loop thread and an unspecified mechanism to wake up the main thread.
3955     .PP
3956     First, you need to associate some data with the event loop:
3957     .PP
3958     .Vb 6
3959     \& typedef struct {
3960     \& mutex_t lock; /* global loop lock */
3961     \& ev_async async_w;
3962     \& thread_t tid;
3963     \& cond_t invoke_cv;
3964     \& } userdata;
3965     \&
3966     \& void prepare_loop (EV_P)
3967     \& {
3968     \& // for simplicity, we use a static userdata struct.
3969     \& static userdata u;
3970     \&
3971     \& ev_async_init (&u\->async_w, async_cb);
3972     \& ev_async_start (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
3973     \&
3974     \& pthread_mutex_init (&u\->lock, 0);
3975     \& pthread_cond_init (&u\->invoke_cv, 0);
3976     \&
3977     \& // now associate this with the loop
3978     \& ev_set_userdata (EV_A_ u);
3979     \& ev_set_invoke_pending_cb (EV_A_ l_invoke);
3980     \& ev_set_loop_release_cb (EV_A_ l_release, l_acquire);
3981     \&
3982 root 1.86 \& // then create the thread running ev_run
3983 root 1.85 \& pthread_create (&u\->tid, 0, l_run, EV_A);
3984     \& }
3985     .Ve
3986     .PP
3987     The callback for the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher does nothing: the watcher is used
3988     solely to wake up the event loop so it takes notice of any new watchers
3989     that might have been added:
3990     .PP
3991     .Vb 5
3992     \& static void
3993     \& async_cb (EV_P_ ev_async *w, int revents)
3994     \& {
3995     \& // just used for the side effects
3996     \& }
3997     .Ve
3998     .PP
3999     The \f(CW\*(C`l_release\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`l_acquire\*(C'\fR callbacks simply unlock/lock the mutex
4000     protecting the loop data, respectively.
4001     .PP
4002     .Vb 6
4003     \& static void
4004     \& l_release (EV_P)
4005     \& {
4006     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4007     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4008     \& }
4009     \&
4010     \& static void
4011     \& l_acquire (EV_P)
4012     \& {
4013     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4014     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4015     \& }
4016     .Ve
4017     .PP
4018     The event loop thread first acquires the mutex, and then jumps straight
4019     into \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR:
4020     .PP
4021     .Vb 4
4022     \& void *
4023     \& l_run (void *thr_arg)
4024     \& {
4025     \& struct ev_loop *loop = (struct ev_loop *)thr_arg;
4026     \&
4027     \& l_acquire (EV_A);
4028     \& pthread_setcanceltype (PTHREAD_CANCEL_ASYNCHRONOUS, 0);
4029     \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4030     \& l_release (EV_A);
4031     \&
4032     \& return 0;
4033     \& }
4034     .Ve
4035     .PP
4036     Instead of invoking all pending watchers, the \f(CW\*(C`l_invoke\*(C'\fR callback will
4037     signal the main thread via some unspecified mechanism (signals? pipe
4038     writes? \f(CW\*(C`Async::Interrupt\*(C'\fR?) and then waits until all pending watchers
4039     have been called (in a while loop because a) spurious wakeups are possible
4040     and b) skipping inter-thread-communication when there are no pending
4041     watchers is very beneficial):
4042     .PP
4043     .Vb 4
4044     \& static void
4045     \& l_invoke (EV_P)
4046     \& {
4047     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4048     \&
4049     \& while (ev_pending_count (EV_A))
4050     \& {
4051     \& wake_up_other_thread_in_some_magic_or_not_so_magic_way ();
4052     \& pthread_cond_wait (&u\->invoke_cv, &u\->lock);
4053     \& }
4054     \& }
4055     .Ve
4056     .PP
4057     Now, whenever the main thread gets told to invoke pending watchers, it
4058     will grab the lock, call \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and then signal the loop
4059     thread to continue:
4060     .PP
4061     .Vb 4
4062     \& static void
4063     \& real_invoke_pending (EV_P)
4064     \& {
4065     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4066     \&
4067     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4068     \& ev_invoke_pending (EV_A);
4069     \& pthread_cond_signal (&u\->invoke_cv);
4070     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4071     \& }
4072     .Ve
4073     .PP
4074     Whenever you want to start/stop a watcher or do other modifications to an
4075     event loop, you will now have to lock:
4076     .PP
4077     .Vb 2
4078     \& ev_timer timeout_watcher;
4079     \& userdata *u = ev_userdata (EV_A);
4080     \&
4081     \& ev_timer_init (&timeout_watcher, timeout_cb, 5.5, 0.);
4082     \&
4083     \& pthread_mutex_lock (&u\->lock);
4084     \& ev_timer_start (EV_A_ &timeout_watcher);
4085     \& ev_async_send (EV_A_ &u\->async_w);
4086     \& pthread_mutex_unlock (&u\->lock);
4087     .Ve
4088     .PP
4089     Note that sending the \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher is required because otherwise
4090     an event loop currently blocking in the kernel will have no knowledge
4091     about the newly added timer. By waking up the loop it will pick up any new
4092     watchers in the next event loop iteration.
4093 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS\s0"
4094 root 1.85 .IX Subsection "THREADS, COROUTINES, CONTINUATIONS, QUEUES... INSTEAD OF CALLBACKS"
4095     While the overhead of a callback that e.g. schedules a thread is small, it
4096     is still an overhead. If you embed libev, and your main usage is with some
4097     kind of threads or coroutines, you might want to customise libev so that
4098     doesn't need callbacks anymore.
4099     .PP
4100     Imagine you have coroutines that you can switch to using a function
4101     \&\f(CW\*(C`switch_to (coro)\*(C'\fR, that libev runs in a coroutine called \f(CW\*(C`libev_coro\*(C'\fR
4102     and that due to some magic, the currently active coroutine is stored in a
4103     global called \f(CW\*(C`current_coro\*(C'\fR. Then you can build your own \*(L"wait for libev
4104     event\*(R" primitive by changing \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_DECLARE\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_CB_INVOKE\*(C'\fR (note
4105     the differing \f(CW\*(C`;\*(C'\fR conventions):
4106     .PP
4107     .Vb 2
4108     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4109     \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4110     .Ve
4111     .PP
4112     That means instead of having a C callback function, you store the
4113     coroutine to switch to in each watcher, and instead of having libev call
4114     your callback, you instead have it switch to that coroutine.
4115     .PP
4116     A coroutine might now wait for an event with a function called
4117     \&\f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR. (the watcher needs to be started, as always, but it doesn't
4118     matter when, or whether the watcher is active or not when this function is
4119     called):
4120     .PP
4121     .Vb 6
4122     \& void
4123     \& wait_for_event (ev_watcher *w)
4124     \& {
4125 root 1.93 \& ev_set_cb (w, current_coro);
4126 root 1.85 \& switch_to (libev_coro);
4127     \& }
4128     .Ve
4129     .PP
4130     That basically suspends the coroutine inside \f(CW\*(C`wait_for_event\*(C'\fR and
4131     continues the libev coroutine, which, when appropriate, switches back to
4132 root 1.88 this or any other coroutine.
4133 root 1.85 .PP
4134     You can do similar tricks if you have, say, threads with an event queue \-
4135     instead of storing a coroutine, you store the queue object and instead of
4136     switching to a coroutine, you push the watcher onto the queue and notify
4137     any waiters.
4138     .PP
4139 root 1.100 To embed libev, see \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0, but in short, it's easiest to create two
4140 root 1.85 files, \fImy_ev.h\fR and \fImy_ev.c\fR that include the respective libev files:
4141     .PP
4142     .Vb 4
4143     \& // my_ev.h
4144     \& #define EV_CB_DECLARE(type) struct my_coro *cb;
4145 root 1.103 \& #define EV_CB_INVOKE(watcher) switch_to ((watcher)\->cb)
4146 root 1.85 \& #include "../libev/ev.h"
4147     \&
4148     \& // my_ev.c
4149     \& #define EV_H "my_ev.h"
4150     \& #include "../libev/ev.c"
4151     .Ve
4152     .PP
4153     And then use \fImy_ev.h\fR when you would normally use \fIev.h\fR, and compile
4154     \&\fImy_ev.c\fR into your project. When properly specifying include paths, you
4155     can even use \fIev.h\fR as header file name directly.
4156 root 1.1 .SH "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4157     .IX Header "LIBEVENT EMULATION"
4158     Libev offers a compatibility emulation layer for libevent. It cannot
4159     emulate the internals of libevent, so here are some usage hints:
4160 root 1.60 .IP "\(bu" 4
4161 root 1.85 Only the libevent\-1.4.1\-beta \s-1API\s0 is being emulated.
4162     .Sp
4163     This was the newest libevent version available when libev was implemented,
4164     and is still mostly unchanged in 2010.
4165     .IP "\(bu" 4
4166 root 1.60 Use it by including <event.h>, as usual.
4167     .IP "\(bu" 4
4168     The following members are fully supported: ev_base, ev_callback,
4169     ev_arg, ev_fd, ev_res, ev_events.
4170     .IP "\(bu" 4
4171     Avoid using ev_flags and the EVLIST_*\-macros, while it is
4172     maintained by libev, it does not work exactly the same way as in libevent (consider
4173     it a private \s-1API\s0).
4174     .IP "\(bu" 4
4175     Priorities are not currently supported. Initialising priorities
4176     will fail and all watchers will have the same priority, even though there
4177     is an ev_pri field.
4178     .IP "\(bu" 4
4179 root 1.64 In libevent, the last base created gets the signals, in libev, the
4180 root 1.85 base that registered the signal gets the signals.
4181 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
4182 root 1.60 Other members are not supported.
4183     .IP "\(bu" 4
4184     The libev emulation is \fInot\fR \s-1ABI\s0 compatible to libevent, you need
4185     to use the libev header file and library.
4186 root 1.1 .SH "\*(C+ SUPPORT"
4187     .IX Header " SUPPORT"
4188 root 1.92 .SS "C \s-1API\s0"
4189     .IX Subsection "C API"
4190     The normal C \s-1API\s0 should work fine when used from \*(C+: both ev.h and the
4191     libev sources can be compiled as \*(C+. Therefore, code that uses the C \s-1API\s0
4192     will work fine.
4193     .PP
4194     Proper exception specifications might have to be added to callbacks passed
4195 root 1.109 to libev: exceptions may be thrown only from watcher callbacks, all other
4196     callbacks (allocator, syserr, loop acquire/release and periodic reschedule
4197     callbacks) must not throw exceptions, and might need a \f(CW\*(C`noexcept\*(C'\fR
4198     specification. If you have code that needs to be compiled as both C and
4199     \&\*(C+ you can use the \f(CW\*(C`EV_NOEXCEPT\*(C'\fR macro for this:
4200 root 1.92 .PP
4201     .Vb 6
4202     \& static void
4203 root 1.109 \& fatal_error (const char *msg) EV_NOEXCEPT
4204 root 1.92 \& {
4205     \& perror (msg);
4206     \& abort ();
4207     \& }
4208     \&
4209     \& ...
4210     \& ev_set_syserr_cb (fatal_error);
4211     .Ve
4212     .PP
4213     The only \s-1API\s0 functions that can currently throw exceptions are \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR,
4214 root 1.93 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_invoke_pending\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_destroy\*(C'\fR (the latter
4215 root 1.92 because it runs cleanup watchers).
4216     .PP
4217     Throwing exceptions in watcher callbacks is only supported if libev itself
4218     is compiled with a \*(C+ compiler or your C and \*(C+ environments allow
4219     throwing exceptions through C libraries (most do).
4220     .SS "\*(C+ \s-1API\s0"
4221     .IX Subsection " API"
4222 root 1.13 Libev comes with some simplistic wrapper classes for \*(C+ that mainly allow
4223 root 1.68 you to use some convenience methods to start/stop watchers and also change
4224 root 1.13 the callback model to a model using method callbacks on objects.
4225     .PP
4226     To use it,
4227     .PP
4228     .Vb 1
4229 root 1.68 \& #include <ev++.h>
4230 root 1.13 .Ve
4231     .PP
4232 root 1.41 This automatically includes \fIev.h\fR and puts all of its definitions (many
4233     of them macros) into the global namespace. All \*(C+ specific things are
4234     put into the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace. It should support all the same embedding
4235     options as \fIev.h\fR, most notably \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR.
4236     .PP
4237 root 1.42 Care has been taken to keep the overhead low. The only data member the \*(C+
4238     classes add (compared to plain C\-style watchers) is the event loop pointer
4239     that the watcher is associated with (or no additional members at all if
4240     you disable \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR when embedding libev).
4241 root 1.41 .PP
4242 root 1.85 Currently, functions, static and non-static member functions and classes
4243     with \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR can be used as callbacks. Other types should be easy
4244     to add as long as they only need one additional pointer for context. If
4245     you need support for other types of functors please contact the author
4246     (preferably after implementing it).
4247 root 1.13 .PP
4248 root 1.89 For all this to work, your \*(C+ compiler either has to use the same calling
4249     conventions as your C compiler (for static member functions), or you have
4250     to embed libev and compile libev itself as \*(C+.
4251     .PP
4252 root 1.13 Here is a list of things available in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace:
4253 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::READ"", ""ev::WRITE"" etc." 4
4254 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::READ\fR, \f(CWev::WRITE\fR etc." 4
4255     .IX Item "ev::READ, ev::WRITE etc."
4256     These are just enum values with the same values as the \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR etc.
4257     macros from \fIev.h\fR.
4258 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::tstamp"", ""ev::now""" 4
4259 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::tstamp\fR, \f(CWev::now\fR" 4
4260     .IX Item "ev::tstamp, ev::now"
4261     Aliases to the same types/functions as with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_\*(C'\fR prefix.
4262 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """ev::io"", ""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"", ""ev::idle"", ""ev::sig"" etc." 4
4263 root 1.13 .el .IP "\f(CWev::io\fR, \f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR, \f(CWev::idle\fR, \f(CWev::sig\fR etc." 4
4264     .IX Item "ev::io, ev::timer, ev::periodic, ev::idle, ev::sig etc."
4265     For each \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE\*(C'\fR watcher in \fIev.h\fR there is a corresponding class of
4266     the same name in the \f(CW\*(C`ev\*(C'\fR namespace, with the exception of \f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR
4267     which is called \f(CW\*(C`ev::sig\*(C'\fR to avoid clashes with the \f(CW\*(C`signal\*(C'\fR macro
4268 root 1.88 defined by many implementations.
4269 root 1.13 .Sp
4270     All of those classes have these methods:
4271     .RS 4
4272 root 1.41 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()" 4
4273     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE ()"
4274 root 1.13 .PD 0
4275 root 1.81 .IP "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)" 4
4276     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::TYPE (loop)"
4277 root 1.13 .IP "ev::TYPE::~TYPE" 4
4278     .IX Item "ev::TYPE::~TYPE"
4279     .PD
4280 root 1.41 The constructor (optionally) takes an event loop to associate the watcher
4281     with. If it is omitted, it will use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR.
4282     .Sp
4283     The constructor calls \f(CW\*(C`ev_init\*(C'\fR for you, which means you have to call the
4284     \&\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method before starting it.
4285     .Sp
4286     It will not set a callback, however: You have to call the templated \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR
4287     method to set a callback before you can start the watcher.
4288     .Sp
4289     (The reason why you have to use a method is a limitation in \*(C+ which does
4290     not allow explicit template arguments for constructors).
4291 root 1.13 .Sp
4292     The destructor automatically stops the watcher if it is active.
4293 root 1.41 .IP "w\->set<class, &class::method> (object *)" 4
4294     .IX Item "w->set<class, &class::method> (object *)"
4295     This method sets the callback method to call. The method has to have a
4296     signature of \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev_TYPE &, int)\*(C'\fR, it receives the watcher as
4297     first argument and the \f(CW\*(C`revents\*(C'\fR as second. The object must be given as
4298     parameter and is stored in the \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member of the watcher.
4299     .Sp
4300     This method synthesizes efficient thunking code to call your method from
4301     the C callback that libev requires. If your compiler can inline your
4302     callback (i.e. it is visible to it at the place of the \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR call and
4303     your compiler is good :), then the method will be fully inlined into the
4304     thunking function, making it as fast as a direct C callback.
4305     .Sp
4306     Example: simple class declaration and watcher initialisation
4307     .Sp
4308     .Vb 4
4309 root 1.68 \& struct myclass
4310     \& {
4311     \& void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4312     \& }
4313     \&
4314     \& myclass obj;
4315     \& ev::io iow;
4316     \& iow.set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb> (&obj);
4317 root 1.41 .Ve
4318 root 1.75 .IP "w\->set (object *)" 4
4319     .IX Item "w->set (object *)"
4320     This is a variation of a method callback \- leaving out the method to call
4321     will default the method to \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR, which makes it possible to use
4322     functor objects without having to manually specify the \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR all
4323     the time. Incidentally, you can then also leave out the template argument
4324     list.
4325     .Sp
4326     The \f(CW\*(C`operator ()\*(C'\fR method prototype must be \f(CW\*(C`void operator ()(watcher &w,
4327     int revents)\*(C'\fR.
4328     .Sp
4329     See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4330     .Sp
4331     Example: use a functor object as callback.
4332     .Sp
4333     .Vb 7
4334     \& struct myfunctor
4335     \& {
4336     \& void operator() (ev::io &w, int revents)
4337     \& {
4338     \& ...
4339     \& }
4340     \& }
4341 root 1.102 \&
4342 root 1.75 \& myfunctor f;
4343     \&
4344     \& ev::io w;
4345     \& w.set (&f);
4346     .Ve
4347 root 1.43 .IP "w\->set<function> (void *data = 0)" 4
4348     .IX Item "w->set<function> (void *data = 0)"
4349 root 1.41 Also sets a callback, but uses a static method or plain function as
4350     callback. The optional \f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR argument will be stored in the watcher's
4351     \&\f(CW\*(C`data\*(C'\fR member and is free for you to use.
4352     .Sp
4353 root 1.43 The prototype of the \f(CW\*(C`function\*(C'\fR must be \f(CW\*(C`void (*)(ev::TYPE &w, int)\*(C'\fR.
4354     .Sp
4355 root 1.41 See the method\-\f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR above for more details.
4356 root 1.43 .Sp
4357 root 1.71 Example: Use a plain function as callback.
4358 root 1.43 .Sp
4359     .Vb 2
4360 root 1.68 \& static void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents) { }
4361     \& iow.set <io_cb> ();
4362 root 1.43 .Ve
4363 root 1.81 .IP "w\->set (loop)" 4
4364     .IX Item "w->set (loop)"
4365 root 1.13 Associates a different \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR with this watcher. You can only
4366     do this when the watcher is inactive (and not pending either).
4367 root 1.68 .IP "w\->set ([arguments])" 4
4368     .IX Item "w->set ([arguments])"
4369 root 1.96 Basically the same as \f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_set\*(C'\fR (except for \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers>),
4370     with the same arguments. Either this method or a suitable start method
4371     must be called at least once. Unlike the C counterpart, an active watcher
4372     gets automatically stopped and restarted when reconfiguring it with this
4373     method.
4374     .Sp
4375     For \f(CW\*(C`ev::embed\*(C'\fR watchers this method is called \f(CW\*(C`set_embed\*(C'\fR, to avoid
4376     clashing with the \f(CW\*(C`set (loop)\*(C'\fR method.
4377 root 1.13 .IP "w\->start ()" 4
4378     .IX Item "w->start ()"
4379 root 1.41 Starts the watcher. Note that there is no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument, as the
4380     constructor already stores the event loop.
4381 root 1.82 .IP "w\->start ([arguments])" 4
4382     .IX Item "w->start ([arguments])"
4383     Instead of calling \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`start\*(C'\fR methods separately, it is often
4384     convenient to wrap them in one call. Uses the same type of arguments as
4385     the configure \f(CW\*(C`set\*(C'\fR method of the watcher.
4386 root 1.13 .IP "w\->stop ()" 4
4387     .IX Item "w->stop ()"
4388     Stops the watcher if it is active. Again, no \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR argument.
4389 root 1.79 .ie n .IP "w\->again () (""ev::timer"", ""ev::periodic"" only)" 4
4390 root 1.52 .el .IP "w\->again () (\f(CWev::timer\fR, \f(CWev::periodic\fR only)" 4
4391     .IX Item "w->again () (ev::timer, ev::periodic only)"
4392 root 1.13 For \f(CW\*(C`ev::timer\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev::periodic\*(C'\fR, this invokes the corresponding
4393     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_TYPE_again\*(C'\fR function.
4394 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->sweep () (""ev::embed"" only)" 4
4395     .el .IP "w\->sweep () (\f(CWev::embed\fR only)" 4
4396     .IX Item "w->sweep () (ev::embed only)"
4397 root 1.13 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_embed_sweep\*(C'\fR.
4398 root 1.52 .ie n .IP "w\->update () (""ev::stat"" only)" 4
4399     .el .IP "w\->update () (\f(CWev::stat\fR only)" 4
4400     .IX Item "w->update () (ev::stat only)"
4401 root 1.23 Invokes \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat_stat\*(C'\fR.
4402 root 1.13 .RE
4403     .RS 4
4404     .RE
4405     .PP
4406 root 1.82 Example: Define a class with two I/O and idle watchers, start the I/O
4407     watchers in the constructor.
4408 root 1.13 .PP
4409 root 1.82 .Vb 5
4410 root 1.68 \& class myclass
4411     \& {
4412 root 1.71 \& ev::io io ; void io_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4413 root 1.88 \& ev::io io2 ; void io2_cb (ev::io &w, int revents);
4414 root 1.71 \& ev::idle idle; void idle_cb (ev::idle &w, int revents);
4415 root 1.68 \&
4416     \& myclass (int fd)
4417     \& {
4418     \& io .set <myclass, &myclass::io_cb > (this);
4419 root 1.82 \& io2 .set <myclass, &myclass::io2_cb > (this);
4420 root 1.68 \& idle.set <myclass, &myclass::idle_cb> (this);
4421     \&
4422 root 1.82 \& io.set (fd, ev::WRITE); // configure the watcher
4423     \& io.start (); // start it whenever convenient
4424     \&
4425     \& io2.start (fd, ev::READ); // set + start in one call
4426 root 1.68 \& }
4427     \& };
4428 root 1.13 .Ve
4429 root 1.62 .SH "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4430     .IX Header "OTHER LANGUAGE BINDINGS"
4431     Libev does not offer other language bindings itself, but bindings for a
4432 root 1.68 number of languages exist in the form of third-party packages. If you know
4433 root 1.62 any interesting language binding in addition to the ones listed here, drop
4434     me a note.
4435     .IP "Perl" 4
4436     .IX Item "Perl"
4437     The \s-1EV\s0 module implements the full libev \s-1API\s0 and is actually used to test
4438     libev. \s-1EV\s0 is developed together with libev. Apart from the \s-1EV\s0 core module,
4439     there are additional modules that implement libev-compatible interfaces
4440 root 1.71 to \f(CW\*(C`libadns\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`EV::ADNS\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`AnyEvent::DNS\*(C'\fR is preferred nowadays),
4441     \&\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP\*(C'\fR (\f(CW\*(C`Net::SNMP::EV\*(C'\fR) and the \f(CW\*(C`libglib\*(C'\fR event core (\f(CW\*(C`Glib::EV\*(C'\fR
4442     and \f(CW\*(C`EV::Glib\*(C'\fR).
4443 root 1.62 .Sp
4444 root 1.100 It can be found and installed via \s-1CPAN,\s0 its homepage is at
4445 root 1.62 <http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV>.
4446 root 1.68 .IP "Python" 4
4447     .IX Item "Python"
4448     Python bindings can be found at <http://code.google.com/p/pyev/>. It
4449 root 1.78 seems to be quite complete and well-documented.
4450 root 1.62 .IP "Ruby" 4
4451     .IX Item "Ruby"
4452     Tony Arcieri has written a ruby extension that offers access to a subset
4453 root 1.68 of the libev \s-1API\s0 and adds file handle abstractions, asynchronous \s-1DNS\s0 and
4454 root 1.62 more on top of it. It can be found via gem servers. Its homepage is at
4455     <http://rev.rubyforge.org/>.
4456 root 1.75 .Sp
4457     Roger Pack reports that using the link order \f(CW\*(C`\-lws2_32 \-lmsvcrt\-ruby\-190\*(C'\fR
4458     makes rev work even on mingw.
4459 root 1.78 .IP "Haskell" 4
4460     .IX Item "Haskell"
4461     A haskell binding to libev is available at
4462 root 1.100 <http://hackage.haskell.org/cgi\-bin/hackage\-scripts/package/hlibev>.
4463 root 1.62 .IP "D" 4
4464     .IX Item "D"
4465     Leandro Lucarella has written a D language binding (\fIev.d\fR) for libev, to
4466 root 1.88 be found at <http://www.llucax.com.ar/proj/ev.d/index.html>.
4467 root 1.73 .IP "Ocaml" 4
4468     .IX Item "Ocaml"
4469     Erkki Seppala has written Ocaml bindings for libev, to be found at
4470 root 1.100 <http://modeemi.cs.tut.fi/~flux/software/ocaml\-ev/>.
4471 root 1.80 .IP "Lua" 4
4472     .IX Item "Lua"
4473 root 1.82 Brian Maher has written a partial interface to libev for lua (at the
4474     time of this writing, only \f(CW\*(C`ev_io\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_timer\*(C'\fR), to be found at
4475 root 1.100 <http://github.com/brimworks/lua\-ev>.
4476 root 1.94 .IP "Javascript" 4
4477     .IX Item "Javascript"
4478     Node.js (<http://nodejs.org>) uses libev as the underlying event library.
4479     .IP "Others" 4
4480     .IX Item "Others"
4481     There are others, and I stopped counting.
4482 root 1.24 .SH "MACRO MAGIC"
4483     .IX Header "MACRO MAGIC"
4484 root 1.68 Libev can be compiled with a variety of options, the most fundamental
4485 root 1.52 of which is \f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR. This option determines whether (most)
4486     functions and callbacks have an initial \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR argument.
4487 root 1.24 .PP
4488     To make it easier to write programs that cope with either variant, the
4489     following macros are defined:
4490 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_A"", ""EV_A_""" 4
4491 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_A\fR, \f(CWEV_A_\fR" 4
4492     .IX Item "EV_A, EV_A_"
4493     This provides the loop \fIargument\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4494     loop argument\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole argument,
4495     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_A_\*(C'\fR is used when other arguments are following. Example:
4496     .Sp
4497     .Vb 3
4498 root 1.68 \& ev_unref (EV_A);
4499     \& ev_timer_add (EV_A_ watcher);
4500 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_A_ 0);
4501 root 1.24 .Ve
4502     .Sp
4503     It assumes the variable \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR is in scope,
4504     which is often provided by the following macro.
4505 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_P"", ""EV_P_""" 4
4506 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_P\fR, \f(CWEV_P_\fR" 4
4507     .IX Item "EV_P, EV_P_"
4508     This provides the loop \fIparameter\fR for functions, if one is required (\*(L"ev
4509     loop parameter\*(R"). The \f(CW\*(C`EV_P\*(C'\fR form is used when this is the sole parameter,
4510     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_P_\*(C'\fR is used when other parameters are following. Example:
4511     .Sp
4512     .Vb 2
4513 root 1.68 \& // this is how ev_unref is being declared
4514     \& static void ev_unref (EV_P);
4515 root 1.60 \&
4516 root 1.68 \& // this is how you can declare your typical callback
4517     \& static void cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4518 root 1.24 .Ve
4519     .Sp
4520     It declares a parameter \f(CW\*(C`loop\*(C'\fR of type \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR, quite
4521     suitable for use with \f(CW\*(C`EV_A\*(C'\fR.
4522 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT"", ""EV_DEFAULT_""" 4
4523 root 1.24 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_\fR" 4
4524     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT, EV_DEFAULT_"
4525     Similar to the other two macros, this gives you the value of the default
4526 root 1.88 loop, if multiple loops are supported (\*(L"ev loop default\*(R"). The default loop
4527     will be initialised if it isn't already initialised.
4528     .Sp
4529     For non-multiplicity builds, these macros do nothing, so you always have
4530     to initialise the loop somewhere.
4531 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """EV_DEFAULT_UC"", ""EV_DEFAULT_UC_""" 4
4532 root 1.64 .el .IP "\f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC\fR, \f(CWEV_DEFAULT_UC_\fR" 4
4533     .IX Item "EV_DEFAULT_UC, EV_DEFAULT_UC_"
4534     Usage identical to \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR, but requires that the
4535     default loop has been initialised (\f(CW\*(C`UC\*(C'\fR == unchecked). Their behaviour
4536     is undefined when the default loop has not been initialised by a previous
4537     execution of \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init (...)\*(C'\fR.
4538     .Sp
4539     It is often prudent to use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR when initialising the first
4540     watcher in a function but use \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_UC\*(C'\fR afterwards.
4541 root 1.24 .PP
4542 root 1.36 Example: Declare and initialise a check watcher, utilising the above
4543 root 1.38 macros so it will work regardless of whether multiple loops are supported
4544 root 1.36 or not.
4545 root 1.24 .PP
4546     .Vb 5
4547 root 1.68 \& static void
4548     \& check_cb (EV_P_ ev_timer *w, int revents)
4549     \& {
4550     \& ev_check_stop (EV_A_ w);
4551     \& }
4552     \&
4553     \& ev_check check;
4554     \& ev_check_init (&check, check_cb);
4555     \& ev_check_start (EV_DEFAULT_ &check);
4556 root 1.82 \& ev_run (EV_DEFAULT_ 0);
4557 root 1.24 .Ve
4558 root 1.14 .SH "EMBEDDING"
4559     .IX Header "EMBEDDING"
4560     Libev can (and often is) directly embedded into host
4561     applications. Examples of applications that embed it include the Deliantra
4562     Game Server, the \s-1EV\s0 perl module, the \s-1GNU\s0 Virtual Private Ethernet (gvpe)
4563 root 1.60 and rxvt-unicode.
4564 root 1.14 .PP
4565 root 1.54 The goal is to enable you to just copy the necessary files into your
4566 root 1.14 source directory without having to change even a single line in them, so
4567     you can easily upgrade by simply copying (or having a checked-out copy of
4568     libev somewhere in your source tree).
4569 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1FILESETS\s0"
4570 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "FILESETS"
4571     Depending on what features you need you need to include one or more sets of files
4572 root 1.68 in your application.
4573 root 1.14 .PP
4574 root 1.100 \fI\s-1CORE EVENT LOOP\s0\fR
4575 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "CORE EVENT LOOP"
4576     .PP
4577     To include only the libev core (all the \f(CW\*(C`ev_*\*(C'\fR functions), with manual
4578     configuration (no autoconf):
4579     .PP
4580     .Vb 2
4581 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4582     \& #include "ev.c"
4583 root 1.14 .Ve
4584     .PP
4585     This will automatically include \fIev.h\fR, too, and should be done in a
4586     single C source file only to provide the function implementations. To use
4587 root 1.110 it, do the same for \fIev.h\fR in all files wishing to use this \s-1API\s0 (best
4588 root 1.14 done by writing a wrapper around \fIev.h\fR that you can include instead and
4589     where you can put other configuration options):
4590     .PP
4591     .Vb 2
4592 root 1.68 \& #define EV_STANDALONE 1
4593     \& #include "ev.h"
4594 root 1.14 .Ve
4595     .PP
4596     Both header files and implementation files can be compiled with a \*(C+
4597 root 1.73 compiler (at least, that's a stated goal, and breakage will be treated
4598 root 1.14 as a bug).
4599     .PP
4600     You need the following files in your source tree, or in a directory
4601     in your include path (e.g. in libev/ when using \-Ilibev):
4602     .PP
4603     .Vb 4
4604 root 1.68 \& ev.h
4605     \& ev.c
4606     \& ev_vars.h
4607     \& ev_wrap.h
4608     \&
4609     \& ev_win32.c required on win32 platforms only
4610     \&
4611 root 1.107 \& ev_select.c only when select backend is enabled
4612     \& ev_poll.c only when poll backend is enabled
4613     \& ev_epoll.c only when the epoll backend is enabled
4614 root 1.111 \& ev_linuxaio.c only when the linux aio backend is enabled
4615 root 1.107 \& ev_kqueue.c only when the kqueue backend is enabled
4616     \& ev_port.c only when the solaris port backend is enabled
4617 root 1.14 .Ve
4618     .PP
4619     \&\fIev.c\fR includes the backend files directly when enabled, so you only need
4620 root 1.18 to compile this single file.
4621 root 1.14 .PP
4622 root 1.100 \fI\s-1LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API\s0\fR
4623 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "LIBEVENT COMPATIBILITY API"
4624     .PP
4625 root 1.100 To include the libevent compatibility \s-1API,\s0 also include:
4626 root 1.14 .PP
4627     .Vb 1
4628 root 1.68 \& #include "event.c"
4629 root 1.14 .Ve
4630     .PP
4631     in the file including \fIev.c\fR, and:
4632     .PP
4633     .Vb 1
4634 root 1.68 \& #include "event.h"
4635 root 1.14 .Ve
4636     .PP
4637 root 1.100 in the files that want to use the libevent \s-1API.\s0 This also includes \fIev.h\fR.
4638 root 1.14 .PP
4639     You need the following additional files for this:
4640     .PP
4641     .Vb 2
4642 root 1.68 \& event.h
4643     \& event.c
4644 root 1.14 .Ve
4645     .PP
4646 root 1.100 \fI\s-1AUTOCONF SUPPORT\s0\fR
4647 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "AUTOCONF SUPPORT"
4648     .PP
4649 root 1.68 Instead of using \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE=1\*(C'\fR and providing your configuration in
4650 root 1.14 whatever way you want, you can also \f(CW\*(C`m4_include([libev.m4])\*(C'\fR in your
4651 root 1.18 \&\fIconfigure.ac\fR and leave \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR undefined. \fIev.c\fR will then
4652     include \fIconfig.h\fR and configure itself accordingly.
4653 root 1.14 .PP
4654     For this of course you need the m4 file:
4655     .PP
4656     .Vb 1
4657 root 1.68 \& libev.m4
4658 root 1.14 .Ve
4659 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\s0"
4660 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS"
4661 root 1.64 Libev can be configured via a variety of preprocessor symbols you have to
4662 root 1.82 define before including (or compiling) any of its files. The default in
4663     the absence of autoconf is documented for every option.
4664     .PP
4665 root 1.100 Symbols marked with \*(L"(h)\*(R" do not change the \s-1ABI,\s0 and can have different
4666 root 1.82 values when compiling libev vs. including \fIev.h\fR, so it is permissible
4667     to redefine them before including \fIev.h\fR without breaking compatibility
4668 root 1.100 to a compiled library. All other symbols change the \s-1ABI,\s0 which means all
4669 root 1.82 users of libev and the libev code itself must be compiled with compatible
4670     settings.
4671 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_COMPAT3\s0 (h)" 4
4672 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 (h)"
4673     Backwards compatibility is a major concern for libev. This is why this
4674     release of libev comes with wrappers for the functions and symbols that
4675     have been renamed between libev version 3 and 4.
4676     .Sp
4677     You can disable these wrappers (to test compatibility with future
4678     versions) by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR to \f(CW0\fR when compiling your
4679     sources. This has the additional advantage that you can drop the \f(CW\*(C`struct\*(C'\fR
4680     from \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR declarations, as libev will provide an \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR
4681     typedef in that case.
4682     .Sp
4683     In some future version, the default for \f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR will become \f(CW0\fR,
4684     and in some even more future version the compatibility code will be
4685     removed completely.
4686 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_STANDALONE\s0 (h)" 4
4687 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_STANDALONE (h)"
4688 root 1.14 Must always be \f(CW1\fR if you do not use autoconf configuration, which
4689     keeps libev from including \fIconfig.h\fR, and it also defines dummy
4690     implementations for some libevent functions (such as logging, which is not
4691     supported). It will also not define any of the structs usually found in
4692     \&\fIevent.h\fR that are not directly supported by the libev core alone.
4693 root 1.75 .Sp
4694 root 1.80 In standalone mode, libev will still try to automatically deduce the
4695 root 1.75 configuration, but has to be more conservative.
4696 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_FLOOR\s0" 4
4697     .IX Item "EV_USE_FLOOR"
4698     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use the \f(CW\*(C`floor ()\*(C'\fR function for its
4699     periodic reschedule calculations, otherwise libev will fall back on a
4700     portable (slower) implementation. If you enable this, you usually have to
4701     link against libm or something equivalent. Enabling this when the \f(CW\*(C`floor\*(C'\fR
4702     function is not available will fail, so the safe default is to not enable
4703     this.
4704 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_MONOTONIC\s0" 4
4705     .IX Item "EV_USE_MONOTONIC"
4706     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4707 root 1.75 monotonic clock option at both compile time and runtime. Otherwise no
4708     use of the monotonic clock option will be attempted. If you enable this,
4709     you usually have to link against librt or something similar. Enabling it
4710     when the functionality isn't available is safe, though, although you have
4711 root 1.14 to make sure you link against any libraries where the \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR
4712 root 1.75 function is hiding in (often \fI\-lrt\fR). See also \f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4713 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_REALTIME\s0" 4
4714     .IX Item "EV_USE_REALTIME"
4715     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to detect the availability of the
4716 root 1.77 real-time clock option at compile time (and assume its availability
4717     at runtime if successful). Otherwise no use of the real-time clock
4718     option will be attempted. This effectively replaces \f(CW\*(C`gettimeofday\*(C'\fR
4719     by \f(CW\*(C`clock_get (CLOCK_REALTIME, ...)\*(C'\fR and will not normally affect
4720     correctness. See the note about libraries in the description of
4721     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_MONOTONIC\*(C'\fR, though. Defaults to the opposite value of
4722     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\*(C'\fR.
4723 root 1.75 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL\s0" 4
4724     .IX Item "EV_USE_CLOCK_SYSCALL"
4725     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will try to use a direct syscall instead
4726     of calling the system-provided \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR function. This option
4727     exists because on GNU/Linux, \f(CW\*(C`clock_gettime\*(C'\fR is in \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR, but \f(CW\*(C`librt\*(C'\fR
4728     unconditionally pulls in \f(CW\*(C`libpthread\*(C'\fR, slowing down single-threaded
4729     programs needlessly. Using a direct syscall is slightly slower (in
4730     theory), because no optimised vdso implementation can be used, but avoids
4731     the pthread dependency. Defaults to \f(CW1\fR on GNU/Linux with glibc 2.x or
4732     higher, as it simplifies linking (no need for \f(CW\*(C`\-lrt\*(C'\fR).
4733 root 1.56 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_NANOSLEEP\s0" 4
4734     .IX Item "EV_USE_NANOSLEEP"
4735     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`nanosleep ()\*(C'\fR is available
4736     and will use it for delays. Otherwise it will use \f(CW\*(C`select ()\*(C'\fR.
4737 root 1.64 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EVENTFD\s0" 4
4738     .IX Item "EV_USE_EVENTFD"
4739     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, then libev will assume that \f(CW\*(C`eventfd ()\*(C'\fR is
4740     available and will probe for kernel support at runtime. This will improve
4741     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_signal\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR performance and reduce resource consumption.
4742     If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc
4743     2.7 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4744 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_SELECT\s0" 4
4745     .IX Item "EV_USE_SELECT"
4746     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the
4747 root 1.68 \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR(2) backend. No attempt at auto-detection will be done: if no
4748 root 1.14 other method takes over, select will be it. Otherwise the select backend
4749     will not be compiled in.
4750     .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\s0" 4
4751     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET"
4752     If defined to \f(CW1\fR, then the select backend will use the system \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR
4753     structure. This is useful if libev doesn't compile due to a missing
4754 root 1.75 \&\f(CW\*(C`NFDBITS\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`fd_mask\*(C'\fR definition or it mis-guesses the bitset layout
4755     on exotic systems. This usually limits the range of file descriptors to
4756     some low limit such as 1024 or might have other limitations (winsocket
4757     only allows 64 sockets). The \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR macro, set before compilation,
4758     configures the maximum size of the \f(CW\*(C`fd_set\*(C'\fR.
4759 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\s0" 4
4760     .IX Item "EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET"
4761     When defined to \f(CW1\fR, the select backend will assume that
4762     select/socket/connect etc. don't understand file descriptors but
4763     wants osf handles on win32 (this is the case when the select to
4764     be used is the winsock select). This means that it will call
4765     \&\f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR on the fd to convert it to an \s-1OS\s0 handle. Otherwise,
4766     it is assumed that all these functions actually work on fds, even
4767     on win32. Should not be defined on non\-win32 platforms.
4768 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\s0(fd)" 4
4769     .IX Item "EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE(fd)"
4770 root 1.60 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR is enabled, then libev needs a way to map
4771     file descriptors to socket handles. When not defining this symbol (the
4772     default), then libev will call \f(CW\*(C`_get_osfhandle\*(C'\fR, which is usually
4773     correct. In some cases, programs use their own file descriptor management,
4774     in which case they can provide this function to map fds to socket handles.
4775 root 1.81 .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD\s0(handle)" 4
4776     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_HANDLE_TO_FD(handle)"
4777     If \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR then libev maps handles to file descriptors
4778     using the standard \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR function. For programs implementing
4779     their own fd to handle mapping, overwriting this function makes it easier
4780     to do so. This can be done by defining this macro to an appropriate value.
4781     .IP "\s-1EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD\s0(fd)" 4
4782     .IX Item "EV_WIN32_CLOSE_FD(fd)"
4783     If programs implement their own fd to handle mapping on win32, then this
4784     macro can be used to override the \f(CW\*(C`close\*(C'\fR function, useful to unregister
4785     file descriptors again. Note that the replacement function has to close
4786     the underlying \s-1OS\s0 handle.
4787 root 1.94 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_WSASOCKET\s0" 4
4788     .IX Item "EV_USE_WSASOCKET"
4789     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`WSASocket\*(C'\fR to create its internal
4790     communication socket, which works better in some environments. Otherwise,
4791     the normal \f(CW\*(C`socket\*(C'\fR function will be used, which works better in other
4792 root 1.95 environments.
4793 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_POLL\s0" 4
4794     .IX Item "EV_USE_POLL"
4795     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR(2)
4796     backend. Otherwise it will be enabled on non\-win32 platforms. It
4797     takes precedence over select.
4798     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_EPOLL\s0" 4
4799     .IX Item "EV_USE_EPOLL"
4800     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4801     \&\f(CW\*(C`epoll\*(C'\fR(7) backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4802 root 1.64 otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4803     backend for GNU/Linux systems. If undefined, it will be enabled if the
4804     headers indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4805 root 1.111 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_LINUXAIO\s0" 4
4806     .IX Item "EV_USE_LINUXAIO"
4807     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux
4808     aio backend. Due to it's currenbt limitations it has to be requested
4809     explicitly. If undefined, it will be enabled on linux, otherwise
4810     disabled.
4811 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_KQUEUE\s0" 4
4812     .IX Item "EV_USE_KQUEUE"
4813     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the \s-1BSD\s0 style
4814     \&\f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR(2) backend. Its actual availability will be detected at runtime,
4815     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4816     backend for \s-1BSD\s0 and BSD-like systems, although on most BSDs kqueue only
4817     supports some types of fds correctly (the only platform we found that
4818     supports ptys for example was NetBSD), so kqueue might be compiled in, but
4819     not be used unless explicitly requested. The best way to use it is to find
4820 root 1.16 out whether kqueue supports your type of fd properly and use an embedded
4821 root 1.14 kqueue loop.
4822     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_PORT\s0" 4
4823     .IX Item "EV_USE_PORT"
4824     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Solaris
4825     10 port style backend. Its availability will be detected at runtime,
4826     otherwise another method will be used as fallback. This is the preferred
4827     backend for Solaris 10 systems.
4828     .IP "\s-1EV_USE_DEVPOLL\s0" 4
4829     .IX Item "EV_USE_DEVPOLL"
4830 root 1.68 Reserved for future expansion, works like the \s-1USE\s0 symbols above.
4831 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_INOTIFY\s0" 4
4832     .IX Item "EV_USE_INOTIFY"
4833     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will compile in support for the Linux inotify
4834     interface to speed up \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers. Its actual availability will
4835 root 1.64 be detected at runtime. If undefined, it will be enabled if the headers
4836     indicate GNU/Linux + Glibc 2.4 or newer, otherwise disabled.
4837 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_NO_SMP\s0" 4
4838     .IX Item "EV_NO_SMP"
4839     If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that memory is always coherent
4840     between threads, that is, threads can be used, but threads never run on
4841     different cpus (or different cpu cores). This reduces dependencies
4842     and makes libev faster.
4843     .IP "\s-1EV_NO_THREADS\s0" 4
4844     .IX Item "EV_NO_THREADS"
4845 root 1.98 If defined to be \f(CW1\fR, libev will assume that it will never be called from
4846     different threads (that includes signal handlers), which is a stronger
4847     assumption than \f(CW\*(C`EV_NO_SMP\*(C'\fR, above. This reduces dependencies and makes
4848     libev faster.
4849 root 1.61 .IP "\s-1EV_ATOMIC_T\s0" 4
4850     .IX Item "EV_ATOMIC_T"
4851     Libev requires an integer type (suitable for storing \f(CW0\fR or \f(CW1\fR) whose
4852 root 1.96 access is atomic with respect to other threads or signal contexts. No
4853     such type is easily found in the C language, so you can provide your own
4854     type that you know is safe for your purposes. It is used both for signal
4855     handler \*(L"locking\*(R" as well as for signal and thread safety in \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR
4856     watchers.
4857 root 1.61 .Sp
4858 root 1.68 In the absence of this define, libev will use \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR
4859 root 1.96 (from \fIsignal.h\fR), which is usually good enough on most platforms.
4860 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_H\s0 (h)" 4
4861 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_H (h)"
4862 root 1.14 The name of the \fIev.h\fR header file used to include it. The default if
4863 root 1.60 undefined is \f(CW"ev.h"\fR in \fIevent.h\fR, \fIev.c\fR and \fIev++.h\fR. This can be
4864     used to virtually rename the \fIev.h\fR header file in case of conflicts.
4865 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CONFIG_H\s0 (h)" 4
4866 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_CONFIG_H (h)"
4867 root 1.14 If \f(CW\*(C`EV_STANDALONE\*(C'\fR isn't \f(CW1\fR, this variable can be used to override
4868     \&\fIev.c\fR's idea of where to find the \fIconfig.h\fR file, similarly to
4869     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, above.
4870 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_EVENT_H\s0 (h)" 4
4871 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_EVENT_H (h)"
4872 root 1.14 Similarly to \f(CW\*(C`EV_H\*(C'\fR, this macro can be used to override \fIevent.c\fR's idea
4873 root 1.60 of how the \fIevent.h\fR header can be found, the default is \f(CW"event.h"\fR.
4874 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_PROTOTYPES\s0 (h)" 4
4875 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PROTOTYPES (h)"
4876 root 1.14 If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then \fIev.h\fR will not define any function
4877     prototypes, but still define all the structs and other symbols. This is
4878     occasionally useful if you want to provide your own wrapper functions
4879     around libev functions.
4880     .IP "\s-1EV_MULTIPLICITY\s0" 4
4881     .IX Item "EV_MULTIPLICITY"
4882     If undefined or defined to \f(CW1\fR, then all event-loop-specific functions
4883     will have the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument, and you can create
4884     additional independent event loops. Otherwise there will be no support
4885     for multiple event loops and there is no first event loop pointer
4886     argument. Instead, all functions act on the single default loop.
4887 root 1.88 .Sp
4888     Note that \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`EV_DEFAULT_\*(C'\fR will no longer provide a
4889     default loop when multiplicity is switched off \- you always have to
4890     initialise the loop manually in this case.
4891 root 1.39 .IP "\s-1EV_MINPRI\s0" 4
4892     .IX Item "EV_MINPRI"
4893     .PD 0
4894     .IP "\s-1EV_MAXPRI\s0" 4
4895     .IX Item "EV_MAXPRI"
4896     .PD
4897     The range of allowed priorities. \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR must be smaller or equal to
4898     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR, but otherwise there are no non-obvious limitations. You can
4899     provide for more priorities by overriding those symbols (usually defined
4900     to be \f(CW\*(C`\-2\*(C'\fR and \f(CW2\fR, respectively).
4901     .Sp
4902     When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to linearly search
4903     all the priorities, so having many of them (hundreds) uses a lot of space
4904     and time, so using the defaults of five priorities (\-2 .. +2) is usually
4905     fine.
4906     .Sp
4907 root 1.71 If your embedding application does not need any priorities, defining these
4908 root 1.100 both to \f(CW0\fR will save some memory and \s-1CPU.\s0
4909     .IP "\s-1EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE.\s0" 4
4910 root 1.82 .IX Item "EV_PERIODIC_ENABLE, EV_IDLE_ENABLE, EV_EMBED_ENABLE, EV_STAT_ENABLE, EV_PREPARE_ENABLE, EV_CHECK_ENABLE, EV_FORK_ENABLE, EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE, EV_ASYNC_ENABLE, EV_CHILD_ENABLE."
4911     If undefined or defined to be \f(CW1\fR (and the platform supports it), then
4912     the respective watcher type is supported. If defined to be \f(CW0\fR, then it
4913     is not. Disabling watcher types mainly saves code size.
4914     .IP "\s-1EV_FEATURES\s0" 4
4915     .IX Item "EV_FEATURES"
4916 root 1.22 If you need to shave off some kilobytes of code at the expense of some
4917 root 1.82 speed (but with the full \s-1API\s0), you can define this symbol to request
4918     certain subsets of functionality. The default is to enable all features
4919     that can be enabled on the platform.
4920     .Sp
4921     A typical way to use this symbol is to define it to \f(CW0\fR (or to a bitset
4922     with some broad features you want) and then selectively re-enable
4923     additional parts you want, for example if you want everything minimal,
4924     but multiple event loop support, async and child watchers and the poll
4925     backend, use this:
4926     .Sp
4927     .Vb 5
4928     \& #define EV_FEATURES 0
4929     \& #define EV_MULTIPLICITY 1
4930     \& #define EV_USE_POLL 1
4931     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
4932     \& #define EV_ASYNC_ENABLE 1
4933     .Ve
4934     .Sp
4935     The actual value is a bitset, it can be a combination of the following
4936 root 1.91 values (by default, all of these are enabled):
4937 root 1.82 .RS 4
4938     .ie n .IP "1 \- faster/larger code" 4
4939     .el .IP "\f(CW1\fR \- faster/larger code" 4
4940     .IX Item "1 - faster/larger code"
4941     Use larger code to speed up some operations.
4942     .Sp
4943     Currently this is used to override some inlining decisions (enlarging the
4944     code size by roughly 30% on amd64).
4945     .Sp
4946     When optimising for size, use of compiler flags such as \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR with
4947     gcc is recommended, as well as \f(CW\*(C`\-DNDEBUG\*(C'\fR, as libev contains a number of
4948     assertions.
4949 root 1.91 .Sp
4950     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4951     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4952 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "2 \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4953     .el .IP "\f(CW2\fR \- faster/larger data structures" 4
4954     .IX Item "2 - faster/larger data structures"
4955     Replaces the small 2\-heap for timer management by a faster 4\-heap, larger
4956     hash table sizes and so on. This will usually further increase code size
4957     and can additionally have an effect on the size of data structures at
4958     runtime.
4959 root 1.91 .Sp
4960     The default is off when \f(CW\*(C`_\|_OPTIMIZE_SIZE_\|_\*(C'\fR is defined by your compiler
4961     (e.g. gcc with \f(CW\*(C`\-Os\*(C'\fR).
4962 root 1.82 .ie n .IP "4 \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4963     .el .IP "\f(CW4\fR \- full \s-1API\s0 configuration" 4
4964     .IX Item "4 - full API configuration"
4965     This enables priorities (sets \f(CW\*(C`EV_MAXPRI\*(C'\fR=2 and \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINPRI\*(C'\fR=\-2), and
4966     enables multiplicity (\f(CW\*(C`EV_MULTIPLICITY\*(C'\fR=1).
4967     .ie n .IP "8 \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4968     .el .IP "\f(CW8\fR \- full \s-1API\s0" 4
4969     .IX Item "8 - full API"
4970     This enables a lot of the \*(L"lesser used\*(R" \s-1API\s0 functions. See \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR for
4971     details on which parts of the \s-1API\s0 are still available without this
4972     feature, and do not complain if this subset changes over time.
4973     .ie n .IP "16 \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4974     .el .IP "\f(CW16\fR \- enable all optional watcher types" 4
4975     .IX Item "16 - enable all optional watcher types"
4976     Enables all optional watcher types. If you want to selectively enable
4977     only some watcher types other than I/O and timers (e.g. prepare,
4978     embed, async, child...) you can enable them manually by defining
4979     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_watchertype_ENABLE\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR instead.
4980     .ie n .IP "32 \- enable all backends" 4
4981     .el .IP "\f(CW32\fR \- enable all backends" 4
4982     .IX Item "32 - enable all backends"
4983     This enables all backends \- without this feature, you need to enable at
4984     least one backend manually (\f(CW\*(C`EV_USE_SELECT\*(C'\fR is a good choice).
4985     .ie n .IP "64 \- enable OS-specific ""helper"" APIs" 4
4986     .el .IP "\f(CW64\fR \- enable OS-specific ``helper'' APIs" 4
4987     .IX Item "64 - enable OS-specific helper APIs"
4988     Enable inotify, eventfd, signalfd and similar OS-specific helper APIs by
4989     default.
4990     .RE
4991     .RS 4
4992     .Sp
4993     Compiling with \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-Os \-DEV_STANDALONE \-DEV_USE_EPOLL=1 \-DEV_FEATURES=0\*(C'\fR
4994     reduces the compiled size of libev from 24.7Kb code/2.8Kb data to 6.5Kb
4995     code/0.3Kb data on my GNU/Linux amd64 system, while still giving you I/O
4996     watchers, timers and monotonic clock support.
4997     .Sp
4998     With an intelligent-enough linker (gcc+binutils are intelligent enough
4999     when you use \f(CW\*(C`\-Wl,\-\-gc\-sections \-ffunction\-sections\*(C'\fR) functions unused by
5000     your program might be left out as well \- a binary starting a timer and an
5001     I/O watcher then might come out at only 5Kb.
5002     .RE
5003 root 1.88 .IP "\s-1EV_API_STATIC\s0" 4
5004     .IX Item "EV_API_STATIC"
5005     If this symbol is defined (by default it is not), then all identifiers
5006     will have static linkage. This means that libev will not export any
5007     identifiers, and you cannot link against libev anymore. This can be useful
5008     when you embed libev, only want to use libev functions in a single file,
5009     and do not want its identifiers to be visible.
5010     .Sp
5011     To use this, define \f(CW\*(C`EV_API_STATIC\*(C'\fR and include \fIev.c\fR in the file that
5012     wants to use libev.
5013     .Sp
5014     This option only works when libev is compiled with a C compiler, as \*(C+
5015     doesn't support the required declaration syntax.
5016 root 1.82 .IP "\s-1EV_AVOID_STDIO\s0" 4
5017     .IX Item "EV_AVOID_STDIO"
5018     If this is set to \f(CW1\fR at compiletime, then libev will avoid using stdio
5019     functions (printf, scanf, perror etc.). This will increase the code size
5020     somewhat, but if your program doesn't otherwise depend on stdio and your
5021     libc allows it, this avoids linking in the stdio library which is quite
5022     big.
5023     .Sp
5024     Note that error messages might become less precise when this option is
5025     enabled.
5026 root 1.80 .IP "\s-1EV_NSIG\s0" 4
5027     .IX Item "EV_NSIG"
5028     The highest supported signal number, +1 (or, the number of
5029     signals): Normally, libev tries to deduce the maximum number of signals
5030     automatically, but sometimes this fails, in which case it can be
5031     specified. Also, using a lower number than detected (\f(CW32\fR should be
5032 root 1.82 good for about any system in existence) can save some memory, as libev
5033 root 1.80 statically allocates some 12\-24 bytes per signal number.
5034 root 1.25 .IP "\s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5035     .IX Item "EV_PID_HASHSIZE"
5036     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_child\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5037 root 1.82 pid. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR disabled),
5038     usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of children you
5039     might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a power of two).
5040 root 1.30 .IP "\s-1EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE\s0" 4
5041     .IX Item "EV_INOTIFY_HASHSIZE"
5042 root 1.59 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers use a small hash table to distribute workload by
5043 root 1.82 inotify watch id. The default size is \f(CW16\fR (or \f(CW1\fR with \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR
5044     disabled), usually more than enough. If you need to manage thousands of
5045     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers you might want to increase this value (\fImust\fR be a
5046     power of two).
5047 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_USE_4HEAP\s0" 4
5048     .IX Item "EV_USE_4HEAP"
5049     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5050 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev uses a 4\-heap when this symbol is defined
5051     to \f(CW1\fR. The 4\-heap uses more complicated (longer) code but has noticeably
5052     faster performance with many (thousands) of watchers.
5053 root 1.65 .Sp
5054 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5055     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5056 root 1.65 .IP "\s-1EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\s0" 4
5057     .IX Item "EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT"
5058     Heaps are not very cache-efficient. To improve the cache-efficiency of the
5059 root 1.71 timer and periodics heaps, libev can cache the timestamp (\fIat\fR) within
5060 root 1.65 the heap structure (selected by defining \f(CW\*(C`EV_HEAP_CACHE_AT\*(C'\fR to \f(CW1\fR),
5061     which uses 8\-12 bytes more per watcher and a few hundred bytes more code,
5062 root 1.67 but avoids random read accesses on heap changes. This improves performance
5063 root 1.71 noticeably with many (hundreds) of watchers.
5064 root 1.65 .Sp
5065 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5066     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5067 root 1.67 .IP "\s-1EV_VERIFY\s0" 4
5068     .IX Item "EV_VERIFY"
5069 root 1.82 Controls how much internal verification (see \f(CW\*(C`ev_verify ()\*(C'\fR) will
5070 root 1.67 be done: If set to \f(CW0\fR, no internal verification code will be compiled
5071     in. If set to \f(CW1\fR, then verification code will be compiled in, but not
5072     called. If set to \f(CW2\fR, then the internal verification code will be
5073     called once per loop, which can slow down libev. If set to \f(CW3\fR, then the
5074     verification code will be called very frequently, which will slow down
5075     libev considerably.
5076     .Sp
5077 root 1.82 The default is \f(CW1\fR, unless \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR overrides it, in which case it
5078     will be \f(CW0\fR.
5079 root 1.14 .IP "\s-1EV_COMMON\s0" 4
5080     .IX Item "EV_COMMON"
5081     By default, all watchers have a \f(CW\*(C`void *data\*(C'\fR member. By redefining
5082 root 1.82 this macro to something else you can include more and other types of
5083 root 1.14 members. You have to define it each time you include one of the files,
5084     though, and it must be identical each time.
5085     .Sp
5086     For example, the perl \s-1EV\s0 module uses something like this:
5087     .Sp
5088     .Vb 3
5089 root 1.68 \& #define EV_COMMON \e
5090     \& SV *self; /* contains this struct */ \e
5091     \& SV *cb_sv, *fh /* note no trailing ";" */
5092 root 1.14 .Ve
5093 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_DECLARE\s0 (type)" 4
5094 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_DECLARE (type)"
5095 root 1.14 .PD 0
5096 root 1.110 .IP "\s-1EV_CB_INVOKE\s0 (watcher, revents)" 4
5097 root 1.19 .IX Item "EV_CB_INVOKE (watcher, revents)"
5098     .IP "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)" 4
5099     .IX Item "ev_set_cb (ev, cb)"
5100 root 1.14 .PD
5101     Can be used to change the callback member declaration in each watcher,
5102     and the way callbacks are invoked and set. Must expand to a struct member
5103 root 1.54 definition and a statement, respectively. See the \fIev.h\fR header file for
5104 root 1.14 their default definitions. One possible use for overriding these is to
5105 root 1.19 avoid the \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop *\*(C'\fR as first argument in all cases, or to use
5106     method calls instead of plain function calls in \*(C+.
5107 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1EXPORTED API SYMBOLS\s0"
5108 root 1.53 .IX Subsection "EXPORTED API SYMBOLS"
5109 root 1.110 If you need to re-export the \s-1API\s0 (e.g. via a \s-1DLL\s0) and you need a list of
5110 root 1.53 exported symbols, you can use the provided \fISymbol.*\fR files which list
5111     all public symbols, one per line:
5112 root 1.60 .PP
5113 root 1.53 .Vb 2
5114 root 1.68 \& Symbols.ev for libev proper
5115     \& Symbols.event for the libevent emulation
5116 root 1.53 .Ve
5117 root 1.60 .PP
5118 root 1.53 This can also be used to rename all public symbols to avoid clashes with
5119     multiple versions of libev linked together (which is obviously bad in
5120 root 1.68 itself, but sometimes it is inconvenient to avoid this).
5121 root 1.60 .PP
5122 root 1.54 A sed command like this will create wrapper \f(CW\*(C`#define\*(C'\fR's that you need to
5123 root 1.53 include before including \fIev.h\fR:
5124 root 1.60 .PP
5125 root 1.53 .Vb 1
5126 root 1.60 \& <Symbols.ev sed \-e "s/.*/#define & myprefix_&/" >wrap.h
5127 root 1.53 .Ve
5128 root 1.60 .PP
5129 root 1.53 This would create a file \fIwrap.h\fR which essentially looks like this:
5130 root 1.60 .PP
5131 root 1.53 .Vb 4
5132     \& #define ev_backend myprefix_ev_backend
5133     \& #define ev_check_start myprefix_ev_check_start
5134     \& #define ev_check_stop myprefix_ev_check_stop
5135     \& ...
5136     .Ve
5137 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0"
5138 root 1.14 .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES"
5139     For a real-world example of a program the includes libev
5140     verbatim, you can have a look at the \s-1EV\s0 perl module
5141     (<http://software.schmorp.de/pkg/EV.html>). It has the libev files in
5142     the \fIlibev/\fR subdirectory and includes them in the \fI\s-1EV/EVAPI\s0.h\fR (public
5143     interface) and \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR (implementation) files. Only the \fI\s-1EV\s0.xs\fR file
5144     will be compiled. It is pretty complex because it provides its own header
5145     file.
5146 root 1.60 .PP
5147 root 1.14 The usage in rxvt-unicode is simpler. It has a \fIev_cpp.h\fR header file
5148 root 1.36 that everybody includes and which overrides some configure choices:
5149 root 1.60 .PP
5150 root 1.82 .Vb 8
5151     \& #define EV_FEATURES 8
5152     \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5153     \& #define EV_PREPARE_ENABLE 1
5154     \& #define EV_IDLE_ENABLE 1
5155     \& #define EV_SIGNAL_ENABLE 1
5156     \& #define EV_CHILD_ENABLE 1
5157     \& #define EV_USE_STDEXCEPT 0
5158 root 1.68 \& #define EV_CONFIG_H <config.h>
5159 root 1.60 \&
5160 root 1.68 \& #include "ev++.h"
5161 root 1.14 .Ve
5162 root 1.60 .PP
5163 root 1.14 And a \fIev_cpp.C\fR implementation file that contains libev proper and is compiled:
5164 root 1.60 .PP
5165 root 1.14 .Vb 2
5166 root 1.68 \& #include "ev_cpp.h"
5167     \& #include "ev.c"
5168 root 1.14 .Ve
5169 root 1.85 .SH "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5170     .IX Header "INTERACTION WITH OTHER PROGRAMS, LIBRARIES OR THE ENVIRONMENT"
5171 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1THREADS AND COROUTINES\s0"
5172 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "THREADS AND COROUTINES"
5173     \fI\s-1THREADS\s0\fR
5174 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "THREADS"
5175 root 1.72 .PP
5176 root 1.71 All libev functions are reentrant and thread-safe unless explicitly
5177 root 1.72 documented otherwise, but libev implements no locking itself. This means
5178     that you can use as many loops as you want in parallel, as long as there
5179     are no concurrent calls into any libev function with the same loop
5180     parameter (\f(CW\*(C`ev_default_*\*(C'\fR calls have an implicit default loop parameter,
5181     of course): libev guarantees that different event loops share no data
5182 root 1.71 structures that need any locking.
5183     .PP
5184     Or to put it differently: calls with different loop parameters can be done
5185     concurrently from multiple threads, calls with the same loop parameter
5186     must be done serially (but can be done from different threads, as long as
5187     only one thread ever is inside a call at any point in time, e.g. by using
5188     a mutex per loop).
5189     .PP
5190     Specifically to support threads (and signal handlers), libev implements
5191     so-called \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers, which allow some limited form of
5192     concurrency on the same event loop, namely waking it up \*(L"from the
5193     outside\*(R".
5194 root 1.64 .PP
5195 root 1.70 If you want to know which design (one loop, locking, or multiple loops
5196     without or something else still) is best for your problem, then I cannot
5197 root 1.71 help you, but here is some generic advice:
5198 root 1.64 .IP "\(bu" 4
5199     most applications have a main thread: use the default libev loop
5200 root 1.68 in that thread, or create a separate thread running only the default loop.
5201 root 1.64 .Sp
5202     This helps integrating other libraries or software modules that use libev
5203     themselves and don't care/know about threading.
5204     .IP "\(bu" 4
5205     one loop per thread is usually a good model.
5206     .Sp
5207     Doing this is almost never wrong, sometimes a better-performance model
5208     exists, but it is always a good start.
5209     .IP "\(bu" 4
5210     other models exist, such as the leader/follower pattern, where one
5211 root 1.68 loop is handed through multiple threads in a kind of round-robin fashion.
5212 root 1.64 .Sp
5213 root 1.68 Choosing a model is hard \- look around, learn, know that usually you can do
5214 root 1.64 better than you currently do :\-)
5215     .IP "\(bu" 4
5216     often you need to talk to some other thread which blocks in the
5217 root 1.71 event loop.
5218     .Sp
5219     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watchers can be used to wake them up from other threads safely
5220     (or from signal contexts...).
5221     .Sp
5222     An example use would be to communicate signals or other events that only
5223     work in the default loop by registering the signal watcher with the
5224     default loop and triggering an \f(CW\*(C`ev_async\*(C'\fR watcher from the default loop
5225     watcher callback into the event loop interested in the signal.
5226 root 1.72 .PP
5227 root 1.100 See also \*(L"\s-1THREAD LOCKING EXAMPLE\*(R"\s0.
5228 root 1.79 .PP
5229 root 1.72 \fI\s-1COROUTINES\s0\fR
5230 root 1.64 .IX Subsection "COROUTINES"
5231 root 1.72 .PP
5232     Libev is very accommodating to coroutines (\*(L"cooperative threads\*(R"):
5233     libev fully supports nesting calls to its functions from different
5234 root 1.82 coroutines (e.g. you can call \f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR on the same loop from two
5235 root 1.79 different coroutines, and switch freely between both coroutines running
5236     the loop, as long as you don't confuse yourself). The only exception is
5237     that you must not do this from \f(CW\*(C`ev_periodic\*(C'\fR reschedule callbacks.
5238 root 1.64 .PP
5239 root 1.71 Care has been taken to ensure that libev does not keep local state inside
5240 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_run\*(C'\fR, and other calls do not usually allow for coroutine switches as
5241 root 1.73 they do not call any callbacks.
5242 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1COMPILER WARNINGS\s0"
5243 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "COMPILER WARNINGS"
5244     Depending on your compiler and compiler settings, you might get no or a
5245     lot of warnings when compiling libev code. Some people are apparently
5246     scared by this.
5247     .PP
5248     However, these are unavoidable for many reasons. For one, each compiler
5249     has different warnings, and each user has different tastes regarding
5250     warning options. \*(L"Warn-free\*(R" code therefore cannot be a goal except when
5251     targeting a specific compiler and compiler-version.
5252     .PP
5253     Another reason is that some compiler warnings require elaborate
5254     workarounds, or other changes to the code that make it less clear and less
5255     maintainable.
5256     .PP
5257     And of course, some compiler warnings are just plain stupid, or simply
5258     wrong (because they don't actually warn about the condition their message
5259     seems to warn about). For example, certain older gcc versions had some
5260 root 1.82 warnings that resulted in an extreme number of false positives. These have
5261 root 1.72 been fixed, but some people still insist on making code warn-free with
5262     such buggy versions.
5263     .PP
5264     While libev is written to generate as few warnings as possible,
5265     \&\*(L"warn-free\*(R" code is not a goal, and it is recommended not to build libev
5266     with any compiler warnings enabled unless you are prepared to cope with
5267     them (e.g. by ignoring them). Remember that warnings are just that:
5268     warnings, not errors, or proof of bugs.
5269 root 1.79 .SS "\s-1VALGRIND\s0"
5270 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "VALGRIND"
5271     Valgrind has a special section here because it is a popular tool that is
5272     highly useful. Unfortunately, valgrind reports are very hard to interpret.
5273     .PP
5274     If you think you found a bug (memory leak, uninitialised data access etc.)
5275     in libev, then check twice: If valgrind reports something like:
5276     .PP
5277     .Vb 3
5278     \& ==2274== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5279     \& ==2274== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks.
5280     \& ==2274== still reachable: 256 bytes in 1 blocks.
5281     .Ve
5282     .PP
5283     Then there is no memory leak, just as memory accounted to global variables
5284 root 1.73 is not a memleak \- the memory is still being referenced, and didn't leak.
5285 root 1.72 .PP
5286     Similarly, under some circumstances, valgrind might report kernel bugs
5287     as if it were a bug in libev (e.g. in realloc or in the poll backend,
5288     although an acceptable workaround has been found here), or it might be
5289     confused.
5290     .PP
5291     Keep in mind that valgrind is a very good tool, but only a tool. Don't
5292     make it into some kind of religion.
5293     .PP
5294     If you are unsure about something, feel free to contact the mailing list
5295     with the full valgrind report and an explanation on why you think this
5296     is a bug in libev (best check the archives, too :). However, don't be
5297     annoyed when you get a brisk \*(L"this is no bug\*(R" answer and take the chance
5298     of learning how to interpret valgrind properly.
5299 root 1.60 .PP
5300 root 1.72 If you need, for some reason, empty reports from valgrind for your project
5301     I suggest using suppression lists.
5302     .SH "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5303     .IX Header "PORTABILITY NOTES"
5304 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS\s0"
5305 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "GNU/LINUX 32 BIT LIMITATIONS"
5306     GNU/Linux is the only common platform that supports 64 bit file/large file
5307     interfaces but \fIdisables\fR them by default.
5308     .PP
5309     That means that libev compiled in the default environment doesn't support
5310     files larger than 2GiB or so, which mainly affects \f(CW\*(C`ev_stat\*(C'\fR watchers.
5311     .PP
5312     Unfortunately, many programs try to work around this GNU/Linux issue
5313 root 1.100 by enabling the large file \s-1API,\s0 which makes them incompatible with the
5314 root 1.82 standard libev compiled for their system.
5315     .PP
5316     Likewise, libev cannot enable the large file \s-1API\s0 itself as this would
5317     suddenly make it incompatible to the default compile time environment,
5318     i.e. all programs not using special compile switches.
5319 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS\s0"
5320 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "OS/X AND DARWIN BUGS"
5321     The whole thing is a bug if you ask me \- basically any system interface
5322     you touch is broken, whether it is locales, poll, kqueue or even the
5323     OpenGL drivers.
5324     .PP
5325     \fI\f(CI\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5326     .IX Subsection "kqueue is buggy"
5327     .PP
5328     The kqueue syscall is broken in all known versions \- most versions support
5329     only sockets, many support pipes.
5330     .PP
5331     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR by default on this
5332     rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating a
5333     loop \- embedding a socket-only kqueue loop into a select-based one is
5334     probably going to work well.
5335     .PP
5336     \fI\f(CI\*(C`poll\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5337     .IX Subsection "poll is buggy"
5338     .PP
5339     Instead of fixing \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR, Apple replaced their (working) \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR
5340     implementation by something calling \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR internally around the 10.5.6
5341     release, so now \f(CW\*(C`kqueue\*(C'\fR \fIand\fR \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR are broken.
5342     .PP
5343     Libev tries to work around this by not using \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR by default on
5344     this rotten platform, but of course you can still ask for it when creating
5345     a loop.
5346     .PP
5347     \fI\f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI is buggy\fR
5348     .IX Subsection "select is buggy"
5349     .PP
5350     All that's left is \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR, and of course Apple found a way to fuck this
5351 root 1.110 one up as well: On \s-1OS/X,\s0 \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR actively limits the number of file
5352 root 1.82 descriptors you can pass in to 1024 \- your program suddenly crashes when
5353     you use more.
5354     .PP
5355     There is an undocumented \*(L"workaround\*(R" for this \- defining
5356     \&\f(CW\*(C`_DARWIN_UNLIMITED_SELECT\*(C'\fR, which libev tries to use, so select \fIshould\fR
5357 root 1.100 work on \s-1OS/X.\s0
5358     .SS "\s-1SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5359 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "SOLARIS PROBLEMS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5360     \fI\f(CI\*(C`errno\*(C'\fI reentrancy\fR
5361     .IX Subsection "errno reentrancy"
5362     .PP
5363     The default compile environment on Solaris is unfortunately so
5364     thread-unsafe that you can't even use components/libraries compiled
5365     without \f(CW\*(C`\-D_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR in a threaded program, which, of course, isn't
5366     defined by default. A valid, if stupid, implementation choice.
5367     .PP
5368     If you want to use libev in threaded environments you have to make sure
5369     it's compiled with \f(CW\*(C`_REENTRANT\*(C'\fR defined.
5370     .PP
5371     \fIEvent port backend\fR
5372     .IX Subsection "Event port backend"
5373     .PP
5374     The scalable event interface for Solaris is called \*(L"event
5375     ports\*(R". Unfortunately, this mechanism is very buggy in all major
5376     releases. If you run into high \s-1CPU\s0 usage, your program freezes or you get
5377     a large number of spurious wakeups, make sure you have all the relevant
5378     and latest kernel patches applied. No, I don't know which ones, but there
5379     are multiple ones to apply, and afterwards, event ports actually work
5380     great.
5381     .PP
5382     If you can't get it to work, you can try running the program by setting
5383     the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`LIBEV_FLAGS=3\*(C'\fR to only allow \f(CW\*(C`poll\*(C'\fR and
5384     \&\f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR backends.
5385 root 1.100 .SS "\s-1AIX POLL BUG\s0"
5386 root 1.82 .IX Subsection "AIX POLL BUG"
5387     \&\s-1AIX\s0 unfortunately has a broken \f(CW\*(C`poll.h\*(C'\fR header. Libev works around
5388     this by trying to avoid the poll backend altogether (i.e. it's not even
5389     compiled in), which normally isn't a big problem as \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR works fine
5390 root 1.100 with large bitsets on \s-1AIX,\s0 and \s-1AIX\s0 is dead anyway.
5391     .SS "\s-1WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS\s0"
5392 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "WIN32 PLATFORM LIMITATIONS AND WORKAROUNDS"
5393 root 1.82 \fIGeneral issues\fR
5394     .IX Subsection "General issues"
5395     .PP
5396 root 1.60 Win32 doesn't support any of the standards (e.g. \s-1POSIX\s0) that libev
5397     requires, and its I/O model is fundamentally incompatible with the \s-1POSIX\s0
5398     model. Libev still offers limited functionality on this platform in
5399     the form of the \f(CW\*(C`EVBACKEND_SELECT\*(C'\fR backend, and only supports socket
5400     descriptors. This only applies when using Win32 natively, not when using
5401 root 1.82 e.g. cygwin. Actually, it only applies to the microsofts own compilers,
5402 root 1.88 as every compiler comes with a slightly differently broken/incompatible
5403 root 1.82 environment.
5404 root 1.60 .PP
5405 root 1.65 Lifting these limitations would basically require the full
5406 root 1.82 re-implementation of the I/O system. If you are into this kind of thing,
5407     then note that glib does exactly that for you in a very portable way (note
5408     also that glib is the slowest event library known to man).
5409 root 1.65 .PP
5410 root 1.60 There is no supported compilation method available on windows except
5411     embedding it into other applications.
5412     .PP
5413 root 1.78 Sensible signal handling is officially unsupported by Microsoft \- libev
5414     tries its best, but under most conditions, signals will simply not work.
5415     .PP
5416 root 1.68 Not a libev limitation but worth mentioning: windows apparently doesn't
5417     accept large writes: instead of resulting in a partial write, windows will
5418     either accept everything or return \f(CW\*(C`ENOBUFS\*(C'\fR if the buffer is too large,
5419     so make sure you only write small amounts into your sockets (less than a
5420 root 1.71 megabyte seems safe, but this apparently depends on the amount of memory
5421 root 1.68 available).
5422     .PP
5423 root 1.65 Due to the many, low, and arbitrary limits on the win32 platform and
5424     the abysmal performance of winsockets, using a large number of sockets
5425     is not recommended (and not reasonable). If your program needs to use
5426     more than a hundred or so sockets, then likely it needs to use a totally
5427 root 1.67 different implementation for windows, as libev offers the \s-1POSIX\s0 readiness
5428 root 1.65 notification model, which cannot be implemented efficiently on windows
5429 root 1.78 (due to Microsoft monopoly games).
5430 root 1.68 .PP
5431     A typical way to use libev under windows is to embed it (see the embedding
5432     section for details) and use the following \fIevwrap.h\fR header file instead
5433     of \fIev.h\fR:
5434     .PP
5435     .Vb 2
5436     \& #define EV_STANDALONE /* keeps ev from requiring config.h */
5437     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* configure libev for windows select */
5438     \&
5439     \& #include "ev.h"
5440     .Ve
5441     .PP
5442     And compile the following \fIevwrap.c\fR file into your project (make sure
5443 root 1.71 you do \fInot\fR compile the \fIev.c\fR or any other embedded source files!):
5444 root 1.68 .PP
5445     .Vb 2
5446     \& #include "evwrap.h"
5447     \& #include "ev.c"
5448     .Ve
5449 root 1.82 .PP
5450     \fIThe winsocket \f(CI\*(C`select\*(C'\fI function\fR
5451     .IX Subsection "The winsocket select function"
5452     .PP
5453 root 1.67 The winsocket \f(CW\*(C`select\*(C'\fR function doesn't follow \s-1POSIX\s0 in that it
5454     requires socket \fIhandles\fR and not socket \fIfile descriptors\fR (it is
5455     also extremely buggy). This makes select very inefficient, and also
5456 root 1.68 requires a mapping from file descriptors to socket handles (the Microsoft
5457     C runtime provides the function \f(CW\*(C`_open_osfhandle\*(C'\fR for this). See the
5458 root 1.67 discussion of the \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET\*(C'\fR and
5459     \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_FD_TO_WIN32_HANDLE\*(C'\fR preprocessor symbols for more info.
5460 root 1.82 .PP
5461 root 1.68 The configuration for a \*(L"naked\*(R" win32 using the Microsoft runtime
5462 root 1.60 libraries and raw winsocket select is:
5463 root 1.82 .PP
5464 root 1.60 .Vb 2
5465 root 1.68 \& #define EV_USE_SELECT 1
5466     \& #define EV_SELECT_IS_WINSOCKET 1 /* forces EV_SELECT_USE_FD_SET, too */
5467 root 1.60 .Ve
5468 root 1.82 .PP
5469 root 1.60 Note that winsockets handling of fd sets is O(n), so you can easily get a
5470 root 1.100 complexity in the O(nX) range when using win32.
5471 root 1.82 .PP
5472     \fILimited number of file descriptors\fR
5473     .IX Subsection "Limited number of file descriptors"
5474     .PP
5475 root 1.65 Windows has numerous arbitrary (and low) limits on things.
5476 root 1.82 .PP
5477 root 1.65 Early versions of winsocket's select only supported waiting for a maximum
5478     of \f(CW64\fR handles (probably owning to the fact that all windows kernels
5479 root 1.68 can only wait for \f(CW64\fR things at the same time internally; Microsoft
5480 root 1.65 recommends spawning a chain of threads and wait for 63 handles and the
5481 root 1.78 previous thread in each. Sounds great!).
5482 root 1.82 .PP
5483 root 1.60 Newer versions support more handles, but you need to define \f(CW\*(C`FD_SETSIZE\*(C'\fR
5484     to some high number (e.g. \f(CW2048\fR) before compiling the winsocket select
5485 root 1.78 call (which might be in libev or elsewhere, for example, perl and many
5486     other interpreters do their own select emulation on windows).
5487 root 1.82 .PP
5488 root 1.68 Another limit is the number of file descriptors in the Microsoft runtime
5489 root 1.78 libraries, which by default is \f(CW64\fR (there must be a hidden \fI64\fR
5490     fetish or something like this inside Microsoft). You can increase this
5491     by calling \f(CW\*(C`_setmaxstdio\*(C'\fR, which can increase this limit to \f(CW2048\fR
5492     (another arbitrary limit), but is broken in many versions of the Microsoft
5493     runtime libraries. This might get you to about \f(CW512\fR or \f(CW2048\fR sockets
5494     (depending on windows version and/or the phase of the moon). To get more,
5495     you need to wrap all I/O functions and provide your own fd management, but
5496 root 1.100 the cost of calling select (O(nX)) will likely make this unworkable.
5497     .SS "\s-1PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS\s0"
5498 root 1.72 .IX Subsection "PORTABILITY REQUIREMENTS"
5499     In addition to a working ISO-C implementation and of course the
5500     backend-specific APIs, libev relies on a few additional extensions:
5501 root 1.79 .ie n .IP """void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)"" must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ""ev_watcher_type *""." 4
5502 root 1.68 .el .IP "\f(CWvoid (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents)\fR must have compatible calling conventions regardless of \f(CWev_watcher_type *\fR." 4
5503     .IX Item "void (*)(ev_watcher_type *, int revents) must have compatible calling conventions regardless of ev_watcher_type *."
5504     Libev assumes not only that all watcher pointers have the same internal
5505 root 1.100 structure (guaranteed by \s-1POSIX\s0 but not by \s-1ISO C\s0 for example), but it also
5506 root 1.68 assumes that the same (machine) code can be used to call any watcher
5507     callback: The watcher callbacks have different type signatures, but libev
5508     calls them using an \f(CW\*(C`ev_watcher *\*(C'\fR internally.
5509 root 1.106 .IP "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes" 4
5510     .IX Item "null pointers and integer zero are represented by 0 bytes"
5511     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`memset\*(C'\fR to initialise structs and arrays to \f(CW0\fR bytes, and
5512     relies on this setting pointers and integers to null.
5513 root 1.82 .IP "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic" 4
5514     .IX Item "pointer accesses must be thread-atomic"
5515     Accessing a pointer value must be atomic, it must both be readable and
5516     writable in one piece \- this is the case on all current architectures.
5517 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """sig_atomic_t volatile"" must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5518     .el .IP "\f(CWsig_atomic_t volatile\fR must be thread-atomic as well" 4
5519     .IX Item "sig_atomic_t volatile must be thread-atomic as well"
5520     The type \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t volatile\*(C'\fR (or whatever is defined as
5521 root 1.71 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_ATOMIC_T\*(C'\fR) must be atomic with respect to accesses from different
5522 root 1.65 threads. This is not part of the specification for \f(CW\*(C`sig_atomic_t\*(C'\fR, but is
5523     believed to be sufficiently portable.
5524     .ie n .IP """sigprocmask"" must work in a threaded environment" 4
5525     .el .IP "\f(CWsigprocmask\fR must work in a threaded environment" 4
5526     .IX Item "sigprocmask must work in a threaded environment"
5527     Libev uses \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR to temporarily block signals. This is not
5528     allowed in a threaded program (\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR has to be used). Typical
5529     pthread implementations will either allow \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR in the \*(L"main
5530     thread\*(R" or will block signals process-wide, both behaviours would
5531     be compatible with libev. Interaction between \f(CW\*(C`sigprocmask\*(C'\fR and
5532     \&\f(CW\*(C`pthread_sigmask\*(C'\fR could complicate things, however.
5533     .Sp
5534     The most portable way to handle signals is to block signals in all threads
5535 root 1.96 except the initial one, and run the signal handling loop in the initial
5536     thread as well.
5537 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """long"" must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5538     .el .IP "\f(CWlong\fR must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes" 4
5539     .IX Item "long must be large enough for common memory allocation sizes"
5540 root 1.100 To improve portability and simplify its \s-1API,\s0 libev uses \f(CW\*(C`long\*(C'\fR internally
5541 root 1.72 instead of \f(CW\*(C`size_t\*(C'\fR when allocating its data structures. On non-POSIX
5542     systems (Microsoft...) this might be unexpectedly low, but is still at
5543     least 31 bits everywhere, which is enough for hundreds of millions of
5544     watchers.
5545 root 1.65 .ie n .IP """double"" must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5546     .el .IP "\f(CWdouble\fR must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy" 4
5547     .IX Item "double must hold a time value in seconds with enough accuracy"
5548     The type \f(CW\*(C`double\*(C'\fR is used to represent timestamps. It is required to
5549 root 1.82 have at least 51 bits of mantissa (and 9 bits of exponent), which is
5550     good enough for at least into the year 4000 with millisecond accuracy
5551     (the design goal for libev). This requirement is overfulfilled by
5552 root 1.100 implementations using \s-1IEEE 754,\s0 which is basically all existing ones.
5553 root 1.88 .Sp
5554 root 1.100 With \s-1IEEE 754\s0 doubles, you get microsecond accuracy until at least the
5555 root 1.88 year 2255 (and millisecond accuracy till the year 287396 \- by then, libev
5556     is either obsolete or somebody patched it to use \f(CW\*(C`long double\*(C'\fR or
5557     something like that, just kidding).
5558 root 1.65 .PP
5559     If you know of other additional requirements drop me a note.
5560 root 1.72 .SH "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5561     .IX Header "ALGORITHMIC COMPLEXITIES"
5562     In this section the complexities of (many of) the algorithms used inside
5563     libev will be documented. For complexity discussions about backends see
5564     the documentation for \f(CW\*(C`ev_default_init\*(C'\fR.
5565 root 1.67 .PP
5566 root 1.72 All of the following are about amortised time: If an array needs to be
5567     extended, libev needs to realloc and move the whole array, but this
5568     happens asymptotically rarer with higher number of elements, so O(1) might
5569     mean that libev does a lengthy realloc operation in rare cases, but on
5570     average it is much faster and asymptotically approaches constant time.
5571     .IP "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5572     .IX Item "Starting and stopping timer/periodic watchers: O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5573     This means that, when you have a watcher that triggers in one hour and
5574     there are 100 watchers that would trigger before that, then inserting will
5575     have to skip roughly seven (\f(CW\*(C`ld 100\*(C'\fR) of these watchers.
5576     .IP "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)" 4
5577     .IX Item "Changing timer/periodic watchers (by autorepeat or calling again): O(log skipped_other_timers)"
5578     That means that changing a timer costs less than removing/adding them,
5579     as only the relative motion in the event queue has to be paid for.
5580     .IP "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5581     .IX Item "Starting io/check/prepare/idle/signal/child/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5582     These just add the watcher into an array or at the head of a list.
5583     .IP "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)" 4
5584     .IX Item "Stopping check/prepare/idle/fork/async watchers: O(1)"
5585     .PD 0
5586     .IP "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % \s-1EV_PID_HASHSIZE\s0))" 4
5587     .IX Item "Stopping an io/signal/child watcher: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_(fd/signal/pid % EV_PID_HASHSIZE))"
5588     .PD
5589     These watchers are stored in lists, so they need to be walked to find the
5590     correct watcher to remove. The lists are usually short (you don't usually
5591     have many watchers waiting for the same fd or signal: one is typical, two
5592     is rare).
5593     .IP "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)" 4
5594     .IX Item "Finding the next timer in each loop iteration: O(1)"
5595     By virtue of using a binary or 4\-heap, the next timer is always found at a
5596     fixed position in the storage array.
5597     .IP "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)" 4
5598     .IX Item "Each change on a file descriptor per loop iteration: O(number_of_watchers_for_this_fd)"
5599     A change means an I/O watcher gets started or stopped, which requires
5600     libev to recalculate its status (and possibly tell the kernel, depending
5601     on backend and whether \f(CW\*(C`ev_io_set\*(C'\fR was used).
5602     .IP "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)" 4
5603     .IX Item "Activating one watcher (putting it into the pending state): O(1)"
5604     .PD 0
5605     .IP "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)" 4
5606     .IX Item "Priority handling: O(number_of_priorities)"
5607     .PD
5608     Priorities are implemented by allocating some space for each
5609     priority. When doing priority-based operations, libev usually has to
5610     linearly search all the priorities, but starting/stopping and activating
5611     watchers becomes O(1) with respect to priority handling.
5612     .IP "Sending an ev_async: O(1)" 4
5613     .IX Item "Sending an ev_async: O(1)"
5614     .PD 0
5615     .IP "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)" 4
5616     .IX Item "Processing ev_async_send: O(number_of_async_watchers)"
5617     .IP "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)" 4
5618     .IX Item "Processing signals: O(max_signal_number)"
5619     .PD
5620     Sending involves a system call \fIiff\fR there were no other \f(CW\*(C`ev_async_send\*(C'\fR
5621 root 1.88 calls in the current loop iteration and the loop is currently
5622     blocked. Checking for async and signal events involves iterating over all
5623     running async watchers or all signal numbers.
5624 root 1.82 .SH "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5625     .IX Header "PORTING FROM LIBEV 3.X TO 4.X"
5626 root 1.100 The major version 4 introduced some incompatible changes to the \s-1API.\s0
5627 root 1.82 .PP
5628     At the moment, the \f(CW\*(C`ev.h\*(C'\fR header file provides compatibility definitions
5629     for all changes, so most programs should still compile. The compatibility
5630     layer might be removed in later versions of libev, so better update to the
5631     new \s-1API\s0 early than late.
5632     .ie n .IP """EV_COMPAT3"" backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5633     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_COMPAT3\fR backwards compatibility mechanism" 4
5634     .IX Item "EV_COMPAT3 backwards compatibility mechanism"
5635     The backward compatibility mechanism can be controlled by
5636 root 1.100 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_COMPAT3\*(C'\fR. See \*(L"\s-1PREPROCESSOR SYMBOLS/MACROS\*(R"\s0 in the \*(L"\s-1EMBEDDING\*(R"\s0
5637 root 1.82 section.
5638     .ie n .IP """ev_default_destroy"" and ""ev_default_fork"" have been removed" 4
5639     .el .IP "\f(CWev_default_destroy\fR and \f(CWev_default_fork\fR have been removed" 4
5640     .IX Item "ev_default_destroy and ev_default_fork have been removed"
5641     These calls can be replaced easily by their \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_xxx\*(C'\fR counterparts:
5642     .Sp
5643     .Vb 2
5644     \& ev_loop_destroy (EV_DEFAULT_UC);
5645     \& ev_loop_fork (EV_DEFAULT);
5646     .Ve
5647     .IP "function/symbol renames" 4
5648     .IX Item "function/symbol renames"
5649     A number of functions and symbols have been renamed:
5650     .Sp
5651     .Vb 3
5652     \& ev_loop => ev_run
5653     \& EVLOOP_NONBLOCK => EVRUN_NOWAIT
5654     \& EVLOOP_ONESHOT => EVRUN_ONCE
5655     \&
5656     \& ev_unloop => ev_break
5657     \& EVUNLOOP_CANCEL => EVBREAK_CANCEL
5658     \& EVUNLOOP_ONE => EVBREAK_ONE
5659     \& EVUNLOOP_ALL => EVBREAK_ALL
5660     \&
5661     \& EV_TIMEOUT => EV_TIMER
5662     \&
5663     \& ev_loop_count => ev_iteration
5664     \& ev_loop_depth => ev_depth
5665     \& ev_loop_verify => ev_verify
5666     .Ve
5667     .Sp
5668     Most functions working on \f(CW\*(C`struct ev_loop\*(C'\fR objects don't have an
5669     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_\*(C'\fR prefix, so it was removed; \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ev_unloop\*(C'\fR and
5670     associated constants have been renamed to not collide with the \f(CW\*(C`struct
5671     ev_loop\*(C'\fR anymore and \f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR now follows the same naming scheme
5672     as all other watcher types. Note that \f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR is still called
5673     \&\f(CW\*(C`ev_loop_fork\*(C'\fR because it would otherwise clash with the \f(CW\*(C`ev_fork\*(C'\fR
5674     typedef.
5675     .ie n .IP """EV_MINIMAL"" mechanism replaced by ""EV_FEATURES""" 4
5676     .el .IP "\f(CWEV_MINIMAL\fR mechanism replaced by \f(CWEV_FEATURES\fR" 4
5677     .IX Item "EV_MINIMAL mechanism replaced by EV_FEATURES"
5678     The preprocessor symbol \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR has been replaced by a different
5679     mechanism, \f(CW\*(C`EV_FEATURES\*(C'\fR. Programs using \f(CW\*(C`EV_MINIMAL\*(C'\fR usually compile
5680     and work, but the library code will of course be larger.
5681 root 1.78 .SH "GLOSSARY"
5682     .IX Header "GLOSSARY"
5683     .IP "active" 4
5684     .IX Item "active"
5685 root 1.82 A watcher is active as long as it has been started and not yet stopped.
5686 root 1.100 See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5687 root 1.78 .IP "application" 4
5688     .IX Item "application"
5689     In this document, an application is whatever is using libev.
5690 root 1.82 .IP "backend" 4
5691     .IX Item "backend"
5692     The part of the code dealing with the operating system interfaces.
5693 root 1.78 .IP "callback" 4
5694     .IX Item "callback"
5695     The address of a function that is called when some event has been
5696     detected. Callbacks are being passed the event loop, the watcher that
5697     received the event, and the actual event bitset.
5698 root 1.82 .IP "callback/watcher invocation" 4
5699     .IX Item "callback/watcher invocation"
5700 root 1.78 The act of calling the callback associated with a watcher.
5701     .IP "event" 4
5702     .IX Item "event"
5703     A change of state of some external event, such as data now being available
5704     for reading on a file descriptor, time having passed or simply not having
5705     any other events happening anymore.
5706     .Sp
5707     In libev, events are represented as single bits (such as \f(CW\*(C`EV_READ\*(C'\fR or
5708 root 1.82 \&\f(CW\*(C`EV_TIMER\*(C'\fR).
5709 root 1.78 .IP "event library" 4
5710     .IX Item "event library"
5711     A software package implementing an event model and loop.
5712     .IP "event loop" 4
5713     .IX Item "event loop"
5714     An entity that handles and processes external events and converts them
5715     into callback invocations.
5716     .IP "event model" 4
5717     .IX Item "event model"
5718     The model used to describe how an event loop handles and processes
5719     watchers and events.
5720     .IP "pending" 4
5721     .IX Item "pending"
5722 root 1.82 A watcher is pending as soon as the corresponding event has been
5723 root 1.100 detected. See \*(L"\s-1WATCHER STATES\*(R"\s0 for details.
5724 root 1.78 .IP "real time" 4
5725     .IX Item "real time"
5726     The physical time that is observed. It is apparently strictly monotonic :)
5727     .IP "wall-clock time" 4
5728     .IX Item "wall-clock time"
5729     The time and date as shown on clocks. Unlike real time, it can actually
5730 root 1.87 be wrong and jump forwards and backwards, e.g. when you adjust your
5731 root 1.78 clock.
5732     .IP "watcher" 4
5733     .IX Item "watcher"
5734     A data structure that describes interest in certain events. Watchers need
5735     to be started (attached to an event loop) before they can receive events.
5736 root 1.1 .SH "AUTHOR"
5737     .IX Header "AUTHOR"
5738 root 1.82 Marc Lehmann <libev@schmorp.de>, with repeated corrections by Mikael
5739 root 1.86 Magnusson and Emanuele Giaquinta, and minor corrections by many others.